4 * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5 * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6 * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
8 * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9 * or https://opensource.org/licenses/CDDL-1.0.
10 * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11 * and limitations under the License.
13 * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14 * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15 * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16 * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17 * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
23 * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24 * Copyright (c) 2011, 2020 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25 * Copyright (c) 2018, Nexenta Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.
26 * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
27 * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
28 * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
29 * Copyright 2016 Toomas Soome <tsoome@me.com>
30 * Copyright (c) 2016 Actifio, Inc. All rights reserved.
31 * Copyright 2018 Joyent, Inc.
32 * Copyright (c) 2017, 2019, Datto Inc. All rights reserved.
33 * Copyright 2017 Joyent, Inc.
34 * Copyright (c) 2017, Intel Corporation.
35 * Copyright (c) 2021, Colm Buckley <colm@tuatha.org>
39 * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
41 * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
42 * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
46 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
47 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
48 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
50 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
52 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
57 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
58 #include <sys/vdev_removal.h>
59 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_mapping.h>
60 #include <sys/vdev_indirect_births.h>
61 #include <sys/vdev_initialize.h>
62 #include <sys/vdev_rebuild.h>
63 #include <sys/vdev_trim.h>
64 #include <sys/vdev_disk.h>
65 #include <sys/vdev_draid.h>
66 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
67 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
69 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
72 #include <sys/bpobj.h>
73 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
74 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
75 #include <sys/unique.h>
76 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
77 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
78 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
79 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
80 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
81 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
83 #include <sys/callb.h>
84 #include <sys/systeminfo.h>
85 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
86 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
87 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
88 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
92 #include <sys/fm/protocol.h>
93 #include <sys/fm/util.h>
94 #include <sys/callb.h>
96 #include <sys/vmsystm.h>
100 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
103 * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
106 int zfs_ccw_retry_interval
= 300;
108 typedef enum zti_modes
{
109 ZTI_MODE_FIXED
, /* value is # of threads (min 1) */
110 ZTI_MODE_BATCH
, /* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
111 ZTI_MODE_SCALE
, /* Taskqs scale with CPUs. */
112 ZTI_MODE_NULL
, /* don't create a taskq */
116 #define ZTI_P(n, q) { ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
117 #define ZTI_PCT(n) { ZTI_MODE_ONLINE_PERCENT, (n), 1 }
118 #define ZTI_BATCH { ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
119 #define ZTI_SCALE { ZTI_MODE_SCALE, 0, 1 }
120 #define ZTI_NULL { ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
122 #define ZTI_N(n) ZTI_P(n, 1)
123 #define ZTI_ONE ZTI_N(1)
125 typedef struct zio_taskq_info
{
126 zti_modes_t zti_mode
;
131 static const char *const zio_taskq_types
[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
132 "iss", "iss_h", "int", "int_h"
136 * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
137 * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
138 * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
139 * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
140 * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
141 * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
142 * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a
143 * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
144 * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
145 * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
146 * particular taskq is chosen at random. ZTI_SCALE is similar to ZTI_BATCH,
147 * but with number of taskqs also scaling with number of CPUs.
149 * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
150 * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
151 * need to be handled with minimum delay.
153 static const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs
[ZIO_TYPES
][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
] = {
154 /* ISSUE ISSUE_HIGH INTR INTR_HIGH */
155 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* NULL */
156 { ZTI_N(8), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* READ */
157 { ZTI_BATCH
, ZTI_N(5), ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
158 { ZTI_SCALE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* FREE */
159 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* CLAIM */
160 { ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* IOCTL */
161 { ZTI_N(4), ZTI_NULL
, ZTI_ONE
, ZTI_NULL
}, /* TRIM */
164 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
165 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
);
166 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
);
167 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
168 const char **ereport
);
169 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
);
171 static uint_t zio_taskq_batch_pct
= 80; /* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
172 static uint_t zio_taskq_batch_tpq
; /* threads per taskq */
173 static const boolean_t zio_taskq_sysdc
= B_TRUE
; /* use SDC scheduling class */
174 static const uint_t zio_taskq_basedc
= 80; /* base duty cycle */
176 static const boolean_t spa_create_process
= B_TRUE
; /* no process => no sysdc */
179 * Report any spa_load_verify errors found, but do not fail spa_load.
180 * This is used by zdb to analyze non-idle pools.
182 boolean_t spa_load_verify_dryrun
= B_FALSE
;
185 * Allow read spacemaps in case of readonly import (spa_mode == SPA_MODE_READ).
186 * This is used by zdb for spacemaps verification.
188 boolean_t spa_mode_readable_spacemaps
= B_FALSE
;
191 * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
192 * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
194 #define TRYIMPORT_NAME "$import"
197 * For debugging purposes: print out vdev tree during pool import.
199 static int spa_load_print_vdev_tree
= B_FALSE
;
202 * A non-zero value for zfs_max_missing_tvds means that we allow importing
203 * pools with missing top-level vdevs. This is strictly intended for advanced
204 * pool recovery cases since missing data is almost inevitable. Pools with
205 * missing devices can only be imported read-only for safety reasons, and their
206 * fail-mode will be automatically set to "continue".
208 * With 1 missing vdev we should be able to import the pool and mount all
209 * datasets. User data that was not modified after the missing device has been
210 * added should be recoverable. This means that snapshots created prior to the
211 * addition of that device should be completely intact.
213 * With 2 missing vdevs, some datasets may fail to mount since there are
214 * dataset statistics that are stored as regular metadata. Some data might be
215 * recoverable if those vdevs were added recently.
217 * With 3 or more missing vdevs, the pool is severely damaged and MOS entries
218 * may be missing entirely. Chances of data recovery are very low. Note that
219 * there are also risks of performing an inadvertent rewind as we might be
220 * missing all the vdevs with the latest uberblocks.
222 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds
= 0;
225 * The parameters below are similar to zfs_max_missing_tvds but are only
226 * intended for a preliminary open of the pool with an untrusted config which
227 * might be incomplete or out-dated.
229 * We are more tolerant for pools opened from a cachefile since we could have
230 * an out-dated cachefile where a device removal was not registered.
231 * We could have set the limit arbitrarily high but in the case where devices
232 * are really missing we would want to return the proper error codes; we chose
233 * SPA_DVAS_PER_BP - 1 so that some copies of the MOS would still be available
234 * and we get a chance to retrieve the trusted config.
236 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
= SPA_DVAS_PER_BP
- 1;
239 * In the case where config was assembled by scanning device paths (/dev/dsks
240 * by default) we are less tolerant since all the existing devices should have
241 * been detected and we want spa_load to return the right error codes.
243 uint64_t zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
= 0;
246 * Debugging aid that pauses spa_sync() towards the end.
248 static const boolean_t zfs_pause_spa_sync
= B_FALSE
;
251 * Variables to indicate the livelist condense zthr func should wait at certain
252 * points for the livelist to be removed - used to test condense/destroy races
254 static int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
= 0;
255 static int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
= 0;
258 * Variables to track whether or not condense cancellation has been
259 * triggered in testing.
261 static int zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
= 0;
262 static int zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
= 0;
265 * Variable to track whether or not extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a
266 * livelist entry while it was being condensed (caused by the way we track
267 * remapped blkptrs in dbuf_remap_impl)
269 static int zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
= 0;
272 * ==========================================================================
273 * SPA properties routines
274 * ==========================================================================
278 * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
281 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t
*nvl
, zpool_prop_t prop
, const char *strval
,
282 uint64_t intval
, zprop_source_t src
)
284 const char *propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
287 propval
= fnvlist_alloc();
288 fnvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_SOURCE
, src
);
291 fnvlist_add_string(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, strval
);
293 fnvlist_add_uint64(propval
, ZPROP_VALUE
, intval
);
295 fnvlist_add_nvlist(nvl
, propname
, propval
);
296 nvlist_free(propval
);
300 * Get property values from the spa configuration.
303 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
305 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
306 dsl_pool_t
*pool
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
307 uint64_t size
, alloc
, cap
, version
;
308 const zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_NONE
;
309 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
310 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
312 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_props_lock
));
315 alloc
= metaslab_class_get_alloc(mc
);
316 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_special_class(spa
));
317 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
318 alloc
+= metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
320 size
= metaslab_class_get_space(mc
);
321 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
322 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
323 size
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
325 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME
, spa_name(spa
), 0, src
);
326 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE
, NULL
, size
, src
);
327 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED
, NULL
, alloc
, src
);
328 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE
, NULL
,
330 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CHECKPOINT
, NULL
,
331 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_dspace
, src
);
333 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION
, NULL
,
334 metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc
), src
);
335 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ
, NULL
,
336 metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc
), src
);
337 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
, NULL
,
338 (spa_mode(spa
) == SPA_MODE_READ
), src
);
340 cap
= (size
== 0) ? 0 : (alloc
* 100 / size
);
341 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY
, NULL
, cap
, src
);
343 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO
, NULL
,
344 ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa
), src
);
345 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_BCLONEUSED
, NULL
,
346 brt_get_used(spa
), src
);
347 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_BCLONESAVED
, NULL
,
348 brt_get_saved(spa
), src
);
349 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_BCLONERATIO
, NULL
,
350 brt_get_ratio(spa
), src
);
352 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH
, NULL
,
353 rvd
->vdev_state
, src
);
355 version
= spa_version(spa
);
356 if (version
== zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
)) {
357 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
358 version
, ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
);
360 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
, NULL
,
361 version
, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
363 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LOAD_GUID
,
364 NULL
, spa_load_guid(spa
), src
);
369 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
370 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
372 if (pool
->dp_free_dir
!= NULL
) {
373 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
, NULL
,
374 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_free_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
377 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING
,
381 if (pool
->dp_leak_dir
!= NULL
) {
382 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
, NULL
,
383 dsl_dir_phys(pool
->dp_leak_dir
)->dd_used_bytes
,
386 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED
,
391 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID
, NULL
, spa_guid(spa
), src
);
393 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
394 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
, spa
->spa_comment
,
398 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
) {
399 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY
,
400 spa
->spa_compatibility
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
403 if (spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
)
404 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
, spa
->spa_root
,
407 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS
)) {
408 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
409 MIN(zfs_max_recordsize
, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE
), ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
411 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, NULL
,
412 SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
415 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_DNODE
)) {
416 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
417 DNODE_MAX_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
419 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXDNODESIZE
, NULL
,
420 DNODE_MIN_SIZE
, ZPROP_SRC_NONE
);
423 if ((dp
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
)) != NULL
) {
424 if (dp
->scd_path
== NULL
) {
425 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
426 "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
427 } else if (strcmp(dp
->scd_path
, spa_config_path
) != 0) {
428 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
,
429 dp
->scd_path
, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
);
435 * Get zpool property values.
438 spa_prop_get(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
**nvp
)
440 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
446 err
= nvlist_alloc(nvp
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
);
450 dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
451 dsl_pool_config_enter(dp
, FTAG
);
452 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
455 * Get properties from the spa config.
457 spa_prop_get_config(spa
, nvp
);
459 /* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
460 if (mos
== NULL
|| spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0)
464 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
466 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
);
467 (err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
)) == 0;
468 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
471 zprop_source_t src
= ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT
;
474 if ((prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(za
.za_name
)) == ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
)
477 switch (za
.za_integer_length
) {
479 /* integer property */
480 if (za
.za_first_integer
!=
481 zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop
))
482 src
= ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL
;
484 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
) {
485 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= NULL
;
487 err
= dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp
,
488 za
.za_first_integer
, FTAG
, &ds
);
492 strval
= kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
,
494 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, strval
);
495 dsl_dataset_rele(ds
, FTAG
);
498 intval
= za
.za_first_integer
;
501 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, intval
, src
);
504 kmem_free(strval
, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
);
509 /* string property */
510 strval
= kmem_alloc(za
.za_num_integers
, KM_SLEEP
);
511 err
= zap_lookup(mos
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
512 za
.za_name
, 1, za
.za_num_integers
, strval
);
514 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
517 spa_prop_add_list(*nvp
, prop
, strval
, 0, src
);
518 kmem_free(strval
, za
.za_num_integers
);
525 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
527 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
528 dsl_pool_config_exit(dp
, FTAG
);
529 if (err
&& err
!= ENOENT
) {
539 * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
540 * for the property values to be set.
543 spa_prop_validate(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*props
)
546 int error
= 0, reset_bootfs
= 0;
548 boolean_t has_feature
= B_FALSE
;
551 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
553 const char *strval
, *slash
, *check
, *fname
;
554 const char *propname
= nvpair_name(elem
);
555 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(propname
);
558 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
559 if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname
)) {
560 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
565 * Sanitize the input.
567 if (nvpair_type(elem
) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
568 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
572 if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
) != 0) {
573 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
578 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
582 fname
= strchr(propname
, '@') + 1;
583 if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, NULL
) != 0) {
584 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
588 has_feature
= B_TRUE
;
591 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
592 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
594 (intval
< spa_version(spa
) ||
595 intval
> SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES
||
597 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
600 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
601 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
:
602 case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS
:
603 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
604 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
605 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
606 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
607 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
610 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
611 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
612 if (!error
&& intval
> 1)
613 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
616 uint32_t hostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
618 spa
->spa_hostid
= hostid
;
620 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
625 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
627 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
628 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
629 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
631 if (spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS
) {
632 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
637 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
639 if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
640 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
646 error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
);
651 if (strval
== NULL
|| strval
[0] == '\0') {
652 objnum
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(
657 error
= dmu_objset_hold(strval
, FTAG
, &os
);
662 if (dmu_objset_type(os
) != DMU_OST_ZFS
) {
663 error
= SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
);
665 objnum
= dmu_objset_id(os
);
667 dmu_objset_rele(os
, FTAG
);
671 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
672 error
= nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &intval
);
673 if (!error
&& intval
> ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC
)
674 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
677 * This is a special case which only occurs when
678 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
679 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
680 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
681 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
682 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
683 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
686 if (!error
&& spa_suspended(spa
)) {
687 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
688 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
692 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
693 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
696 if (strval
[0] == '\0')
699 if (strcmp(strval
, "none") == 0)
702 if (strval
[0] != '/') {
703 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
707 slash
= strrchr(strval
, '/');
708 ASSERT(slash
!= NULL
);
710 if (slash
[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash
, "/.") == 0 ||
711 strcmp(slash
, "/..") == 0)
712 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
715 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
716 if ((error
= nvpair_value_string(elem
, &strval
)) != 0)
718 for (check
= strval
; *check
!= '\0'; check
++) {
719 if (!isprint(*check
)) {
720 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
724 if (strlen(strval
) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT
)
725 error
= SET_ERROR(E2BIG
);
736 (void) nvlist_remove_all(props
,
737 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO
));
739 if (!error
&& reset_bootfs
) {
740 error
= nvlist_remove(props
,
741 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), DATA_TYPE_STRING
);
744 error
= nvlist_add_uint64(props
,
745 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), objnum
);
753 spa_configfile_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
, boolean_t need_sync
)
755 const char *cachefile
;
756 spa_config_dirent_t
*dp
;
758 if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp
, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
),
762 dp
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t
),
765 if (cachefile
[0] == '\0')
766 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(spa_config_path
);
767 else if (strcmp(cachefile
, "none") == 0)
770 dp
->scd_path
= spa_strdup(cachefile
);
772 list_insert_head(&spa
->spa_config_list
, dp
);
774 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
778 spa_prop_set(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvp
)
781 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
782 boolean_t need_sync
= B_FALSE
;
784 if ((error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, nvp
)) != 0)
787 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
)) != NULL
) {
788 zpool_prop_t prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
));
790 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
||
791 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
||
792 prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
)
795 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
|| prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
) {
798 if (prop
== ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
) {
799 VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem
, &ver
) == 0);
801 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
802 ver
= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
;
806 /* Save time if the version is already set. */
807 if (ver
== spa_version(spa
))
811 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
812 * create the pool properties object, the features for
813 * read object, the features for write object, or the
814 * feature descriptions object.
816 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
,
817 spa_sync_version
, &ver
,
818 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
829 return (dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, NULL
, spa_sync_props
,
830 nvp
, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
));
837 * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
840 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t dsobj
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
842 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
== dsobj
&& spa
->spa_pool_props_object
!= 0) {
843 VERIFY(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
844 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
845 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
), tx
) == 0);
851 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
853 uint64_t *newguid __maybe_unused
= arg
;
854 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
855 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
858 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
859 int error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
860 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
861 return (SET_ERROR(error
));
864 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
865 vdev_state
= rvd
->vdev_state
;
866 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
868 if (vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
)
869 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
871 ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa
), !=, *newguid
);
877 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
879 uint64_t *newguid
= arg
;
880 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
882 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
884 oldguid
= spa_guid(spa
);
886 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
887 rvd
->vdev_guid
= *newguid
;
888 rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
+= (*newguid
- oldguid
);
889 vdev_config_dirty(rvd
);
890 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
892 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "guid change", tx
, "old=%llu new=%llu",
893 (u_longlong_t
)oldguid
, (u_longlong_t
)*newguid
);
897 * Change the GUID for the pool. This is done so that we can later
898 * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs. We will modify
899 * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
900 * vdevs dirty. Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
901 * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
902 * would be orphaned from our pool. We are also going to issue a
903 * sysevent to update any watchers.
906 spa_change_guid(spa_t
*spa
)
911 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
912 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
913 guid
= spa_generate_guid(NULL
);
915 error
= dsl_sync_task(spa
->spa_name
, spa_change_guid_check
,
916 spa_change_guid_sync
, &guid
, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED
);
920 * Clear the kobj flag from all the vdevs to allow
921 * vdev_cache_process_kobj_evt() to post events to all the
922 * vdevs since GUID is updated.
924 vdev_clear_kobj_evt(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
925 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++)
926 vdev_clear_kobj_evt(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
928 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
929 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID
);
932 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
933 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_vdev_top_lock
);
939 * ==========================================================================
940 * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
941 * ==========================================================================
945 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a
, const void *b
)
947 const spa_error_entry_t
*sa
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)a
;
948 const spa_error_entry_t
*sb
= (const spa_error_entry_t
*)b
;
951 ret
= memcmp(&sa
->se_bookmark
, &sb
->se_bookmark
,
952 sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t
));
954 return (TREE_ISIGN(ret
));
958 * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
959 * re-initializes them in the process.
962 spa_get_errlists(spa_t
*spa
, avl_tree_t
*last
, avl_tree_t
*scrub
)
964 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_errlist_lock
));
966 memcpy(last
, &spa
->spa_errlist_last
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
967 memcpy(scrub
, &spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
, sizeof (avl_tree_t
));
969 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
970 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
971 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
972 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
973 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
974 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
978 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
980 const zio_taskq_info_t
*ztip
= &zio_taskqs
[t
][q
];
981 enum zti_modes mode
= ztip
->zti_mode
;
982 uint_t value
= ztip
->zti_value
;
983 uint_t count
= ztip
->zti_count
;
984 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
985 uint_t cpus
, flags
= TASKQ_DYNAMIC
;
986 boolean_t batch
= B_FALSE
;
990 ASSERT3U(value
, >, 0);
995 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
996 value
= MIN(zio_taskq_batch_pct
, 100);
1000 flags
|= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
;
1002 * We want more taskqs to reduce lock contention, but we want
1003 * less for better request ordering and CPU utilization.
1005 cpus
= MAX(1, boot_ncpus
* zio_taskq_batch_pct
/ 100);
1006 if (zio_taskq_batch_tpq
> 0) {
1007 count
= MAX(1, (cpus
+ zio_taskq_batch_tpq
/ 2) /
1008 zio_taskq_batch_tpq
);
1011 * Prefer 6 threads per taskq, but no more taskqs
1012 * than threads in them on large systems. For 80%:
1015 * cpus taskqs percent threads threads
1016 * ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
1027 count
= 1 + cpus
/ 6;
1028 while (count
* count
> cpus
)
1031 /* Limit each taskq within 100% to not trigger assertion. */
1032 count
= MAX(count
, (zio_taskq_batch_pct
+ 99) / 100);
1033 value
= (zio_taskq_batch_pct
+ count
/ 2) / count
;
1037 tqs
->stqs_count
= 0;
1038 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1042 panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
1044 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], mode
, value
);
1048 ASSERT3U(count
, >, 0);
1049 tqs
->stqs_count
= count
;
1050 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= kmem_alloc(count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
1052 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++) {
1057 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s_%u",
1058 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
], i
);
1060 (void) snprintf(name
, sizeof (name
), "%s_%s",
1061 zio_type_name
[t
], zio_taskq_types
[q
]);
1063 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
&& spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
) {
1065 flags
|= TASKQ_DC_BATCH
;
1067 (void) zio_taskq_basedc
;
1068 tq
= taskq_create_sysdc(name
, value
, 50, INT_MAX
,
1069 spa
->spa_proc
, zio_taskq_basedc
, flags
);
1071 pri_t pri
= maxclsyspri
;
1073 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
1074 * intensive. Run it at slightly less important
1075 * priority than the other taskqs.
1077 * Under Linux and FreeBSD this means incrementing
1078 * the priority value as opposed to platforms like
1079 * illumos where it should be decremented.
1081 * On FreeBSD, if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ)
1082 * are equal then a difference between them is
1085 if (t
== ZIO_TYPE_WRITE
&& q
== ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE
) {
1086 #if defined(__linux__)
1088 #elif defined(__FreeBSD__)
1094 tq
= taskq_create_proc(name
, value
, pri
, 50,
1095 INT_MAX
, spa
->spa_proc
, flags
);
1098 tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
] = tq
;
1103 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
)
1105 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1107 if (tqs
->stqs_taskq
== NULL
) {
1108 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, ==, 0);
1112 for (uint_t i
= 0; i
< tqs
->stqs_count
; i
++) {
1113 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1114 taskq_destroy(tqs
->stqs_taskq
[i
]);
1117 kmem_free(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, tqs
->stqs_count
* sizeof (taskq_t
*));
1118 tqs
->stqs_taskq
= NULL
;
1122 * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
1123 * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
1124 * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
1125 * the low bits of gethrtime().
1128 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1129 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
, taskq_ent_t
*ent
)
1131 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1134 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1135 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1137 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1138 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1140 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1143 taskq_dispatch_ent(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
, ent
);
1147 * Same as spa_taskq_dispatch_ent() but block on the task until completion.
1150 spa_taskq_dispatch_sync(spa_t
*spa
, zio_type_t t
, zio_taskq_type_t q
,
1151 task_func_t
*func
, void *arg
, uint_t flags
)
1153 spa_taskqs_t
*tqs
= &spa
->spa_zio_taskq
[t
][q
];
1157 ASSERT3P(tqs
->stqs_taskq
, !=, NULL
);
1158 ASSERT3U(tqs
->stqs_count
, !=, 0);
1160 if (tqs
->stqs_count
== 1) {
1161 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[0];
1163 tq
= tqs
->stqs_taskq
[((uint64_t)gethrtime()) % tqs
->stqs_count
];
1166 id
= taskq_dispatch(tq
, func
, arg
, flags
);
1168 taskq_wait_id(tq
, id
);
1172 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t
*spa
)
1174 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1175 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1176 spa_taskqs_init(spa
, t
, q
);
1182 * Disabled until spa_thread() can be adapted for Linux.
1184 #undef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1186 #if defined(_KERNEL) && defined(HAVE_SPA_THREAD)
1188 spa_thread(void *arg
)
1190 psetid_t zio_taskq_psrset_bind
= PS_NONE
;
1191 callb_cpr_t cprinfo
;
1194 user_t
*pu
= PTOU(curproc
);
1196 CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
, callb_generic_cpr
,
1199 ASSERT(curproc
!= &p0
);
1200 (void) snprintf(pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_psargs
),
1201 "zpool-%s", spa
->spa_name
);
1202 (void) strlcpy(pu
->u_comm
, pu
->u_psargs
, sizeof (pu
->u_comm
));
1204 /* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1205 if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind
!= PS_NONE
) {
1207 mutex_enter(&cpu_lock
);
1208 mutex_enter(&pidlock
);
1209 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1211 if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
,
1212 0, NULL
, NULL
) == 0) {
1213 curthread
->t_bind_pset
= zio_taskq_psrset_bind
;
1216 "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1217 "pset %d\n", spa
->spa_name
, zio_taskq_psrset_bind
);
1220 mutex_exit(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1221 mutex_exit(&pidlock
);
1222 mutex_exit(&cpu_lock
);
1226 if (zio_taskq_sysdc
) {
1227 sysdc_thread_enter(curthread
, 100, 0);
1230 spa
->spa_proc
= curproc
;
1231 spa
->spa_did
= curthread
->t_did
;
1233 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1235 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1236 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
);
1238 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
;
1239 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1241 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo
);
1242 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
)
1243 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1244 CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1246 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
);
1247 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_GONE
;
1248 spa
->spa_proc
= &p0
;
1249 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1250 CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo
); /* drops spa_proc_lock */
1252 mutex_enter(&curproc
->p_lock
);
1258 * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1261 spa_activate(spa_t
*spa
, spa_mode_t mode
)
1263 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1265 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
1266 spa
->spa_mode
= mode
;
1267 spa
->spa_read_spacemaps
= spa_mode_readable_spacemaps
;
1269 spa
->spa_normal_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, &zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1270 spa
->spa_log_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, &zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1271 spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
=
1272 metaslab_class_create(spa
, &zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1273 spa
->spa_special_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, &zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1274 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= metaslab_class_create(spa
, &zfs_metaslab_ops
);
1276 /* Try to create a covering process */
1277 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1278 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_NONE
);
1279 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1282 (void) spa_create_process
;
1283 #ifdef HAVE_SPA_THREAD
1284 /* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1285 if (spa_create_process
&& strcmp(spa
->spa_name
, TRYIMPORT_NAME
) != 0) {
1286 if (newproc(spa_thread
, (caddr_t
)spa
, syscid
, maxclsyspri
,
1288 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_CREATED
;
1289 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_CREATED
) {
1290 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
,
1291 &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1293 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1294 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1295 ASSERT(spa
->spa_did
!= 0);
1299 "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1304 #endif /* HAVE_SPA_THREAD */
1305 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1307 /* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1308 if (spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
) {
1309 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa
);
1312 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1313 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
1317 list_create(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1318 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_config_dirty_node
));
1319 list_create(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
, sizeof (objset_t
),
1320 offsetof(objset_t
, os_evicting_node
));
1321 list_create(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
1322 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_state_dirty_node
));
1324 txg_list_create(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, spa
,
1325 offsetof(struct vdev
, vdev_txg_node
));
1327 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
,
1328 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1329 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1330 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
,
1331 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1332 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1333 avl_create(&spa
->spa_errlist_healed
,
1334 spa_error_entry_compare
, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t
),
1335 offsetof(spa_error_entry_t
, se_avl
));
1337 spa_activate_os(spa
);
1339 spa_keystore_init(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1342 * This taskq is used to perform zvol-minor-related tasks
1343 * asynchronously. This has several advantages, including easy
1344 * resolution of various deadlocks.
1346 * The taskq must be single threaded to ensure tasks are always
1347 * processed in the order in which they were dispatched.
1349 * A taskq per pool allows one to keep the pools independent.
1350 * This way if one pool is suspended, it will not impact another.
1352 * The preferred location to dispatch a zvol minor task is a sync
1353 * task. In this context, there is easy access to the spa_t and minimal
1354 * error handling is required because the sync task must succeed.
1356 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= taskq_create("z_zvol", 1, defclsyspri
,
1360 * Taskq dedicated to prefetcher threads: this is used to prevent the
1361 * pool traverse code from monopolizing the global (and limited)
1362 * system_taskq by inappropriately scheduling long running tasks on it.
1364 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= taskq_create("z_prefetch", 100,
1365 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
| TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
);
1368 * The taskq to upgrade datasets in this pool. Currently used by
1369 * feature SPA_FEATURE_USEROBJ_ACCOUNTING/SPA_FEATURE_PROJECT_QUOTA.
1371 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= taskq_create("z_upgrade", 100,
1372 defclsyspri
, 1, INT_MAX
, TASKQ_DYNAMIC
| TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT
);
1376 * Opposite of spa_activate().
1379 spa_deactivate(spa_t
*spa
)
1381 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
== B_FALSE
);
1382 ASSERT(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
== NULL
);
1383 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1384 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
== NULL
);
1385 ASSERT(spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1387 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
1389 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
1390 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
1391 spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
= NULL
;
1394 if (spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
) {
1395 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
);
1396 spa
->spa_prefetch_taskq
= NULL
;
1399 if (spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
) {
1400 taskq_destroy(spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
);
1401 spa
->spa_upgrade_taskq
= NULL
;
1404 txg_list_destroy(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
);
1406 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
);
1407 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_evicting_os_list
);
1408 list_destroy(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
);
1410 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
1412 for (int t
= 0; t
< ZIO_TYPES
; t
++) {
1413 for (int q
= 0; q
< ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES
; q
++) {
1414 spa_taskqs_fini(spa
, t
, q
);
1418 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< TXG_SIZE
; i
++) {
1419 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
], !=, NULL
);
1420 VERIFY0(zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
]));
1421 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[i
] = NULL
;
1424 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_normal_class
);
1425 spa
->spa_normal_class
= NULL
;
1427 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_log_class
);
1428 spa
->spa_log_class
= NULL
;
1430 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
);
1431 spa
->spa_embedded_log_class
= NULL
;
1433 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_special_class
);
1434 spa
->spa_special_class
= NULL
;
1436 metaslab_class_destroy(spa
->spa_dedup_class
);
1437 spa
->spa_dedup_class
= NULL
;
1440 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1441 * still have errors left in the queues. Empty them just in case.
1443 spa_errlog_drain(spa
);
1444 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_scrub
);
1445 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_last
);
1446 avl_destroy(&spa
->spa_errlist_healed
);
1448 spa_keystore_fini(&spa
->spa_keystore
);
1450 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
;
1452 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1453 if (spa
->spa_proc_state
!= SPA_PROC_NONE
) {
1454 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_ACTIVE
);
1455 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
;
1456 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
);
1457 while (spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE
) {
1458 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
!= &p0
);
1459 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_proc_cv
, &spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1461 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc_state
== SPA_PROC_GONE
);
1462 spa
->spa_proc_state
= SPA_PROC_NONE
;
1464 ASSERT(spa
->spa_proc
== &p0
);
1465 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_proc_lock
);
1468 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1469 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1472 if (spa
->spa_did
!= 0) {
1473 thread_join(spa
->spa_did
);
1477 spa_deactivate_os(spa
);
1482 * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately. This
1483 * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1484 * in the CLOSED state. This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1485 * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1488 spa_config_parse(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
**vdp
, nvlist_t
*nv
, vdev_t
*parent
,
1489 uint_t id
, int atype
)
1495 if ((error
= vdev_alloc(spa
, vdp
, nv
, parent
, id
, atype
)) != 0)
1498 if ((*vdp
)->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
1501 error
= nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
1504 if (error
== ENOENT
)
1510 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
1513 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
1515 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, child
[c
], *vdp
, c
,
1523 ASSERT(*vdp
!= NULL
);
1529 spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1531 if (!spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
))
1534 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1537 if (!spa
->spa_sync_on
)
1540 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
1543 if (zfs_keep_log_spacemaps_at_export
)
1550 * Opens a transaction that will set the flag that will instruct
1551 * spa_sync to attempt to flush all the metaslabs for that txg.
1554 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa_t
*spa
)
1556 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
1557 VERIFY0(dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
));
1559 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
, ==, 0);
1560 spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
= dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
);
1563 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), spa
->spa_log_flushall_txg
);
1567 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
1569 void *cookie
= NULL
;
1571 while ((sls
= avl_destroy_nodes(&spa
->spa_sm_logs_by_txg
,
1572 &cookie
)) != NULL
) {
1573 VERIFY0(sls
->sls_mscount
);
1574 kmem_free(sls
, sizeof (spa_log_sm_t
));
1577 for (log_summary_entry_t
*e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
);
1578 e
!= NULL
; e
= list_head(&spa
->spa_log_summary
)) {
1579 VERIFY0(e
->lse_mscount
);
1580 list_remove(&spa
->spa_log_summary
, e
);
1581 kmem_free(e
, sizeof (log_summary_entry_t
));
1584 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_nblocks
= 0;
1585 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_memused
= 0;
1586 spa
->spa_unflushed_stats
.sus_blocklimit
= 0;
1590 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
1592 if (spa
->spa_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1593 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_condense_zthr
);
1594 spa
->spa_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1596 if (spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1597 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
);
1598 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
= NULL
;
1600 if (spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1601 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
);
1602 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
= NULL
;
1604 if (spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
!= NULL
) {
1605 zthr_destroy(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
);
1606 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
= NULL
;
1611 * Opposite of spa_load().
1614 spa_unload(spa_t
*spa
)
1616 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
1617 ASSERT(spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
);
1619 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
1620 spa_load_note(spa
, "UNLOADING");
1622 spa_wake_waiters(spa
);
1625 * If we have set the spa_final_txg, we have already performed the
1626 * tasks below in spa_export_common(). We should not redo it here since
1627 * we delay the final TXGs beyond what spa_final_txg is set at.
1629 if (spa
->spa_final_txg
== UINT64_MAX
) {
1631 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is
1632 * getting exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some
1633 * time flushing as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to
1634 * destroy log space maps and save import time.
1636 if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa
))
1637 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa
);
1642 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
1644 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
) {
1645 vdev_t
*root_vdev
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
1646 vdev_initialize_stop_all(root_vdev
,
1647 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
1648 vdev_trim_stop_all(root_vdev
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
1649 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
1650 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
1657 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
1658 txg_sync_stop(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1659 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_FALSE
;
1663 * This ensures that there is no async metaslab prefetching
1664 * while we attempt to unload the spa.
1666 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
1667 for (int c
= 0; c
< spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
1668 vdev_t
*vc
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
];
1669 if (vc
->vdev_mg
!= NULL
)
1670 taskq_wait(vc
->vdev_mg
->mg_taskq
);
1674 if (spa
->spa_mmp
.mmp_thread
)
1675 mmp_thread_stop(spa
);
1678 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1680 if (spa
->spa_async_zio_root
!= NULL
) {
1681 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++)
1682 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
]);
1683 kmem_free(spa
->spa_async_zio_root
, max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *));
1684 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= NULL
;
1687 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
1688 spa_vdev_removal_destroy(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
);
1689 spa
->spa_vdev_removal
= NULL
;
1692 spa_destroy_aux_threads(spa
);
1694 spa_condense_fini(spa
);
1696 bpobj_close(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
);
1698 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
, RW_WRITER
);
1703 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
)
1704 vdev_free(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
1705 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== NULL
);
1708 * Close the dsl pool.
1710 if (spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) {
1711 dsl_pool_close(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
1712 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= NULL
;
1713 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= NULL
;
1718 spa_unload_log_sm_metadata(spa
);
1721 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1723 spa_l2cache_drop(spa
);
1725 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
) {
1726 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1727 vdev_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1728 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1729 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1730 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1732 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
1733 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
1734 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1736 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= 0;
1738 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
) {
1739 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1740 vdev_clear_stats(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1741 vdev_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
1743 kmem_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
,
1744 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1745 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1747 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
1748 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
1749 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
1751 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
= 0;
1753 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= 0;
1755 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_FALSE
;
1757 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
) {
1758 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
1759 spa
->spa_comment
= NULL
;
1761 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
) {
1762 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_compatibility
);
1763 spa
->spa_compatibility
= NULL
;
1766 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, spa
);
1770 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1771 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1772 * 'spa_spares.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1773 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1776 spa_load_spares(spa_t
*spa
)
1785 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1786 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1788 * As spare vdevs are shared among open pools, we skip loading
1789 * them when we load the checkpointed state of the pool.
1791 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1795 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1798 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1800 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
) {
1801 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1802 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
1804 /* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1805 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1806 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
&& tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1807 spa_spare_remove(tvd
);
1812 kmem_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
,
1813 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1816 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
== NULL
)
1819 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1820 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
));
1822 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
= (int)nspares
;
1823 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1829 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1830 * process. For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1831 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1832 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1833 * configuration (if it's spared in). During this phase we open and
1834 * validate each vdev on the spare list. If the vdev also exists in the
1835 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1837 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
= kmem_zalloc(nspares
* sizeof (void *),
1839 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
1840 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, spares
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1841 VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
) == 0);
1844 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
] = vd
;
1846 if ((tvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, vd
->vdev_guid
,
1847 B_FALSE
)) != NULL
) {
1848 if (!tvd
->vdev_isspare
)
1852 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1853 * able to load the vdev. Otherwise, importing a pool
1854 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1855 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1856 * is actively in use.
1858 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1859 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1860 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise). Given
1861 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1862 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1864 if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd
))
1865 spa_spare_activate(tvd
);
1869 vd
->vdev_aux
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
1871 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1874 if (vdev_validate_aux(vd
) == 0)
1879 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1882 fnvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
1884 spares
= kmem_alloc(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
1886 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1887 spares
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
1888 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE
);
1889 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
1890 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
,
1891 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
);
1892 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
1893 nvlist_free(spares
[i
]);
1894 kmem_free(spares
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
1898 * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1899 * this pool. When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1900 * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'. We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1901 * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1902 * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1906 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
)
1908 nvlist_t
**l2cache
= NULL
;
1910 int i
, j
, oldnvdevs
;
1912 vdev_t
*vd
, **oldvdevs
, **newvdevs
;
1913 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
1917 * zdb opens both the current state of the pool and the
1918 * checkpointed state (if present), with a different spa_t.
1920 * As L2 caches are part of the ARC which is shared among open
1921 * pools, we skip loading them when we load the checkpointed
1922 * state of the pool.
1924 if (!spa_writeable(spa
))
1928 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
1930 oldvdevs
= sav
->sav_vdevs
;
1931 oldnvdevs
= sav
->sav_count
;
1932 sav
->sav_vdevs
= NULL
;
1935 if (sav
->sav_config
== NULL
) {
1941 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
,
1942 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
));
1943 newvdevs
= kmem_alloc(nl2cache
* sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
1946 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1948 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
1949 guid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
);
1952 for (j
= 0; j
< oldnvdevs
; j
++) {
1954 if (vd
!= NULL
&& guid
== vd
->vdev_guid
) {
1956 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1964 if (newvdevs
[i
] == NULL
) {
1968 VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, l2cache
[i
], NULL
, 0,
1969 VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
) == 0);
1974 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1975 * even if it fails to open.
1977 spa_l2cache_add(vd
);
1982 spa_l2cache_activate(vd
);
1984 if (vdev_open(vd
) != 0)
1987 (void) vdev_validate_aux(vd
);
1989 if (!vdev_is_dead(vd
))
1990 l2arc_add_vdev(spa
, vd
);
1993 * Upon cache device addition to a pool or pool
1994 * creation with a cache device or if the header
1995 * of the device is invalid we issue an async
1996 * TRIM command for the whole device which will
1997 * execute if l2arc_trim_ahead > 0.
1999 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
);
2003 sav
->sav_vdevs
= newvdevs
;
2004 sav
->sav_count
= (int)nl2cache
;
2007 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
2008 * information this time.
2010 fnvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
2012 if (sav
->sav_count
> 0)
2013 l2cache
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *),
2015 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2016 l2cache
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
,
2017 sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
], B_TRUE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
2018 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
2019 (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
);
2023 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
2026 for (i
= 0; i
< oldnvdevs
; i
++) {
2031 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_isl2cache
);
2033 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
2034 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
2035 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
2036 vdev_clear_stats(vd
);
2041 kmem_free(oldvdevs
, oldnvdevs
* sizeof (void *));
2044 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2045 nvlist_free(l2cache
[i
]);
2047 kmem_free(l2cache
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
2051 load_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
**value
)
2054 char *packed
= NULL
;
2059 error
= dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
);
2063 nvsize
= *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
;
2064 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
2066 packed
= vmem_alloc(nvsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
2067 error
= dmu_read(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, nvsize
, packed
,
2070 error
= nvlist_unpack(packed
, nvsize
, value
, 0);
2071 vmem_free(packed
, nvsize
);
2077 * Concrete top-level vdevs that are not missing and are not logs. At every
2078 * spa_sync we write new uberblocks to at least SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS core tvds.
2081 spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa_t
*spa
)
2083 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2086 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
2087 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
2090 if (vdev_is_concrete(vd
) && !vdev_is_dead(vd
))
2098 * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
2099 * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
2102 spa_check_removed(vdev_t
*vd
)
2104 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
2105 spa_check_removed(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
2107 if (vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
&& vdev_is_dead(vd
) &&
2108 vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
2109 zfs_post_autoreplace(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
);
2110 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK
);
2115 spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2117 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2120 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
2121 * diagnostic information about missing log devices.
2122 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
2124 if (!(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG
)) {
2125 nvlist_t
**child
, *nv
;
2128 child
= kmem_alloc(rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (nvlist_t
*),
2130 nv
= fnvlist_alloc();
2132 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2133 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2136 * We consider a device as missing only if it failed
2137 * to open (i.e. offline or faulted is not considered
2140 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2141 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2142 child
[idx
++] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, tvd
,
2143 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_MISSING
);
2148 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
,
2149 (const nvlist_t
* const *)child
, idx
);
2150 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2151 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES
, nv
);
2153 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< idx
; i
++)
2154 nvlist_free(child
[i
]);
2157 kmem_free(child
, rvd
->vdev_children
* sizeof (char **));
2160 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some log devices are missing");
2161 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2162 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
2165 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2166 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2168 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
&&
2169 tvd
->vdev_state
== VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
2170 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
2171 spa_load_note(spa
, "some log devices are "
2172 "missing, ZIL is dropped.");
2173 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
2183 * Check for missing log devices
2186 spa_check_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2188 boolean_t rv
= B_FALSE
;
2189 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
2191 switch (spa
->spa_log_state
) {
2194 case SPA_LOG_MISSING
:
2195 /* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
2196 case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN
:
2197 rv
= (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
2198 zil_check_log_chain
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
) != 0);
2200 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_MISSING
);
2207 * Passivate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
2210 spa_passivate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2212 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2213 boolean_t slog_found
= B_FALSE
;
2215 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2217 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2218 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2220 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2221 ASSERT3P(tvd
->vdev_log_mg
, ==, NULL
);
2222 metaslab_group_passivate(tvd
->vdev_mg
);
2223 slog_found
= B_TRUE
;
2227 return (slog_found
);
2231 * Activate any log vdevs (note, does not apply to embedded log metaslabs).
2234 spa_activate_log(spa_t
*spa
)
2236 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
2238 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALLOC
, RW_WRITER
));
2240 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
2241 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
2243 if (tvd
->vdev_islog
) {
2244 ASSERT3P(tvd
->vdev_log_mg
, ==, NULL
);
2245 metaslab_group_activate(tvd
->vdev_mg
);
2251 spa_reset_logs(spa_t
*spa
)
2255 error
= dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
), zil_reset
,
2256 NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
2259 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
2260 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
2263 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
2269 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
2271 for (int i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
2272 spa_check_removed(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]);
2276 spa_claim_notify(zio_t
*zio
)
2278 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2283 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
); /* any mutex will do */
2284 if (spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
< zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
)
2285 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= zio
->io_bp
->blk_birth
;
2286 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
2289 typedef struct spa_load_error
{
2290 boolean_t sle_verify_data
;
2291 uint64_t sle_meta_count
;
2292 uint64_t sle_data_count
;
2296 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t
*zio
)
2298 blkptr_t
*bp
= zio
->io_bp
;
2299 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= zio
->io_private
;
2300 dmu_object_type_t type
= BP_GET_TYPE(bp
);
2301 int error
= zio
->io_error
;
2302 spa_t
*spa
= zio
->io_spa
;
2304 abd_free(zio
->io_abd
);
2306 if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp
) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type
)) &&
2307 type
!= DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG
)
2308 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_meta_count
);
2310 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_data_count
);
2313 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2314 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
-= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2315 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
);
2316 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2320 * Maximum number of inflight bytes is the log2 fraction of the arc size.
2321 * By default, we set it to 1/16th of the arc.
2323 static uint_t spa_load_verify_shift
= 4;
2324 static int spa_load_verify_metadata
= B_TRUE
;
2325 static int spa_load_verify_data
= B_TRUE
;
2328 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t
*spa
, zilog_t
*zilog
, const blkptr_t
*bp
,
2329 const zbookmark_phys_t
*zb
, const dnode_phys_t
*dnp
, void *arg
)
2332 spa_load_error_t
*sle
= rio
->io_private
;
2334 (void) zilog
, (void) dnp
;
2337 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
2338 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set. However, it may be useful
2339 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
2341 if (!spa_load_verify_metadata
)
2345 * Sanity check the block pointer in order to detect obvious damage
2346 * before using the contents in subsequent checks or in zio_read().
2347 * When damaged consider it to be a metadata error since we cannot
2348 * trust the BP_GET_TYPE and BP_GET_LEVEL values.
2350 if (!zfs_blkptr_verify(spa
, bp
, B_FALSE
, BLK_VERIFY_LOG
)) {
2351 atomic_inc_64(&sle
->sle_meta_count
);
2355 if (zb
->zb_level
== ZB_DNODE_LEVEL
|| BP_IS_HOLE(bp
) ||
2356 BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp
) || BP_IS_REDACTED(bp
))
2359 if (!BP_IS_METADATA(bp
) &&
2360 (!spa_load_verify_data
|| !sle
->sle_verify_data
))
2363 uint64_t maxinflight_bytes
=
2364 arc_target_bytes() >> spa_load_verify_shift
;
2365 size_t size
= BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
);
2367 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2368 while (spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
>= maxinflight_bytes
)
2369 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_scrub_io_cv
, &spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2370 spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
+= size
;
2371 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_scrub_lock
);
2373 zio_nowait(zio_read(rio
, spa
, bp
, abd_alloc_for_io(size
, B_FALSE
), size
,
2374 spa_load_verify_done
, rio
->io_private
, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB
,
2375 ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
| ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
|
2376 ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB
| ZIO_FLAG_RAW
, zb
));
2381 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t
*dp
, dsl_dataset_t
*ds
, void *arg
)
2383 (void) dp
, (void) arg
;
2385 if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds
) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
)
2386 return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG
));
2392 spa_load_verify(spa_t
*spa
)
2395 spa_load_error_t sle
= { 0 };
2396 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
2397 boolean_t verify_ok
= B_FALSE
;
2400 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
2402 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
||
2403 policy
.zlp_maxmeta
== UINT64_MAX
)
2406 dsl_pool_config_enter(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2407 error
= dmu_objset_find_dp(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
2408 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_root_dir_obj
, verify_dataset_name_len
, NULL
,
2410 dsl_pool_config_exit(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, FTAG
);
2415 * Verify data only if we are rewinding or error limit was set.
2416 * Otherwise nothing except dbgmsg care about it to waste time.
2418 sle
.sle_verify_data
= (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_REWIND_MASK
) ||
2419 (policy
.zlp_maxdata
< UINT64_MAX
);
2421 rio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, &sle
,
2422 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
);
2424 if (spa_load_verify_metadata
) {
2425 if (spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
) {
2426 spa_load_note(spa
, "performing a complete scan of the "
2427 "pool since extreme rewind is on. This may take "
2428 "a very long time.\n (spa_load_verify_data=%u, "
2429 "spa_load_verify_metadata=%u)",
2430 spa_load_verify_data
, spa_load_verify_metadata
);
2433 error
= traverse_pool(spa
, spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
,
2434 TRAVERSE_PRE
| TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA
|
2435 TRAVERSE_NO_DECRYPT
, spa_load_verify_cb
, rio
);
2438 (void) zio_wait(rio
);
2439 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_load_verify_bytes
);
2441 spa
->spa_load_meta_errors
= sle
.sle_meta_count
;
2442 spa
->spa_load_data_errors
= sle
.sle_data_count
;
2444 if (sle
.sle_meta_count
!= 0 || sle
.sle_data_count
!= 0) {
2445 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_verify found %llu metadata errors "
2446 "and %llu data errors", (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_meta_count
,
2447 (u_longlong_t
)sle
.sle_data_count
);
2450 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
||
2451 (!error
&& sle
.sle_meta_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxmeta
&&
2452 sle
.sle_data_count
<= policy
.zlp_maxdata
)) {
2456 spa
->spa_load_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2457 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
2459 loss
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
- spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
;
2460 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME
,
2461 spa
->spa_load_txg_ts
);
2462 fnvlist_add_int64(spa
->spa_load_info
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME
,
2464 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2465 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_META_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_meta_count
);
2466 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
2467 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS
, sle
.sle_data_count
);
2469 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
2472 if (spa_load_verify_dryrun
)
2476 if (error
!= ENXIO
&& error
!= EIO
)
2477 error
= SET_ERROR(EIO
);
2481 return (verify_ok
? 0 : EIO
);
2485 * Find a value in the pool props object.
2488 spa_prop_find(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_prop_t prop
, uint64_t *val
)
2490 (void) zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
2491 zpool_prop_to_name(prop
), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2495 * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2498 spa_dir_prop(spa_t
*spa
, const char *name
, uint64_t *val
, boolean_t log_enoent
)
2500 int error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2501 name
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val
);
2503 if (error
!= 0 && (error
!= ENOENT
|| log_enoent
)) {
2504 spa_load_failed(spa
, "couldn't get '%s' value in MOS directory "
2505 "[error=%d]", name
, error
);
2512 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t
*vdev
, vdev_aux_t aux
, int err
)
2514 vdev_set_state(vdev
, B_TRUE
, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
, aux
);
2515 return (SET_ERROR(err
));
2519 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa_t
*spa
)
2521 return (spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
!= 0);
2525 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2529 return (spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
2533 delete_blkptr_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2536 zio_free(spa
, tx
->tx_txg
, bp
);
2537 dsl_dir_diduse_space(tx
->tx_pool
->dp_free_dir
, DD_USED_HEAD
,
2538 -bp_get_dsize_sync(spa
, bp
),
2539 -BP_GET_PSIZE(bp
), -BP_GET_UCSIZE(bp
), tx
);
2544 dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(objset_t
*os
, uint64_t zap_obj
, uint64_t *llp
)
2549 zap_cursor_init(&zc
, os
, zap_obj
);
2550 err
= zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
);
2551 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
2553 *llp
= za
.za_first_integer
;
2558 * Components of livelist deletion that must be performed in syncing
2559 * context: freeing block pointers and updating the pool-wide data
2560 * structures to indicate how much work is left to do
2562 typedef struct sublist_delete_arg
{
2567 } sublist_delete_arg_t
;
2570 sublist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2572 sublist_delete_arg_t
*sda
= arg
;
2573 spa_t
*spa
= sda
->spa
;
2574 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= sda
->ll
;
2575 uint64_t key
= sda
->key
;
2576 bplist_t
*to_free
= sda
->to_free
;
2578 bplist_iterate(to_free
, delete_blkptr_cb
, spa
, tx
);
2579 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, key
, tx
);
2582 typedef struct livelist_delete_arg
{
2586 } livelist_delete_arg_t
;
2589 livelist_delete_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2591 livelist_delete_arg_t
*lda
= arg
;
2592 spa_t
*spa
= lda
->spa
;
2593 uint64_t ll_obj
= lda
->ll_obj
;
2594 uint64_t zap_obj
= lda
->zap_obj
;
2595 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2598 /* free the livelist and decrement the feature count */
2599 VERIFY0(zap_remove_int(mos
, zap_obj
, ll_obj
, tx
));
2600 dsl_deadlist_free(mos
, ll_obj
, tx
);
2601 spa_feature_decr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LIVELIST
, tx
);
2602 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, zap_obj
, &count
));
2604 /* no more livelists to delete */
2605 VERIFY0(zap_remove(mos
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
2606 DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
, tx
));
2607 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(mos
, zap_obj
, tx
));
2608 spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
= 0;
2609 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
2614 * Load in the value for the livelist to be removed and open it. Then,
2615 * load its first sublist and determine which block pointers should actually
2616 * be freed. Then, call a synctask which performs the actual frees and updates
2617 * the pool-wide livelist data.
2620 spa_livelist_delete_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2623 uint64_t ll_obj
= 0, count
;
2624 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
2625 uint64_t zap_obj
= spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
;
2627 * Determine the next livelist to delete. This function should only
2628 * be called if there is at least one deleted clone.
2630 VERIFY0(dsl_get_next_livelist_obj(mos
, zap_obj
, &ll_obj
));
2631 VERIFY0(zap_count(mos
, ll_obj
, &count
));
2634 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*dle
;
2636 ll
= kmem_zalloc(sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
2637 dsl_deadlist_open(ll
, mos
, ll_obj
);
2638 dle
= dsl_deadlist_first(ll
);
2639 ASSERT3P(dle
, !=, NULL
);
2640 bplist_create(&to_free
);
2641 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&dle
->dle_bpobj
, &to_free
,
2644 sublist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2647 .key
= dle
->dle_mintxg
,
2650 zfs_dbgmsg("deleting sublist (id %llu) from"
2651 " livelist %llu, %lld remaining",
2652 (u_longlong_t
)dle
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
2653 (u_longlong_t
)ll_obj
, (longlong_t
)count
- 1);
2654 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
,
2655 sublist_delete_sync
, &sync_arg
, 0,
2656 ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2658 VERIFY3U(err
, ==, EINTR
);
2660 bplist_clear(&to_free
);
2661 bplist_destroy(&to_free
);
2662 dsl_deadlist_close(ll
);
2663 kmem_free(ll
, sizeof (dsl_deadlist_t
));
2665 livelist_delete_arg_t sync_arg
= {
2670 zfs_dbgmsg("deletion of livelist %llu completed",
2671 (u_longlong_t
)ll_obj
);
2672 VERIFY0(dsl_sync_task(spa_name(spa
), NULL
, livelist_delete_sync
,
2673 &sync_arg
, 0, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_DESTROY
));
2678 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2680 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2681 spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
=
2682 zthr_create("z_livelist_destroy",
2683 spa_livelist_delete_cb_check
, spa_livelist_delete_cb
, spa
,
2687 typedef struct livelist_new_arg
{
2690 } livelist_new_arg_t
;
2693 livelist_track_new_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
2697 livelist_new_arg_t
*lna
= arg
;
2699 bplist_append(lna
->frees
, bp
);
2701 bplist_append(lna
->allocs
, bp
);
2702 zfs_livelist_condense_new_alloc
++;
2707 typedef struct livelist_condense_arg
{
2710 uint64_t first_size
;
2712 } livelist_condense_arg_t
;
2715 spa_livelist_condense_sync(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
2717 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
= arg
;
2718 spa_t
*spa
= lca
->spa
;
2720 dsl_dataset_t
*ds
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
;
2722 /* Have we been cancelled? */
2723 if (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
) {
2724 zfs_livelist_condense_sync_cancel
++;
2728 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2729 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2730 dsl_deadlist_t
*ll
= &ds
->ds_dir
->dd_livelist
;
2733 * It's possible that the livelist was changed while the zthr was
2734 * running. Therefore, we need to check for new blkptrs in the two
2735 * entries being condensed and continue to track them in the livelist.
2736 * Because of the way we handle remapped blkptrs (see dbuf_remap_impl),
2737 * it's possible that the newly added blkptrs are FREEs or ALLOCs so
2738 * we need to sort them into two different bplists.
2740 uint64_t first_obj
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2741 uint64_t next_obj
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
;
2742 uint64_t cur_first_size
= first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2743 uint64_t cur_next_size
= next
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
;
2745 bplist_create(&new_frees
);
2746 livelist_new_arg_t new_bps
= {
2747 .allocs
= &lca
->to_keep
,
2748 .frees
= &new_frees
,
2751 if (cur_first_size
> lca
->first_size
) {
2752 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&first
->dle_bpobj
,
2753 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->first_size
));
2755 if (cur_next_size
> lca
->next_size
) {
2756 VERIFY0(livelist_bpobj_iterate_from_nofree(&next
->dle_bpobj
,
2757 livelist_track_new_cb
, &new_bps
, lca
->next_size
));
2760 dsl_deadlist_clear_entry(first
, ll
, tx
);
2761 ASSERT(bpobj_is_empty(&first
->dle_bpobj
));
2762 dsl_deadlist_remove_entry(ll
, next
->dle_mintxg
, tx
);
2764 bplist_iterate(&lca
->to_keep
, dsl_deadlist_insert_alloc_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2765 bplist_iterate(&new_frees
, dsl_deadlist_insert_free_cb
, ll
, tx
);
2766 bplist_destroy(&new_frees
);
2768 char dsname
[ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN
];
2769 dsl_dataset_name(ds
, dsname
);
2770 zfs_dbgmsg("txg %llu condensing livelist of %s (id %llu), bpobj %llu "
2771 "(%llu blkptrs) and bpobj %llu (%llu blkptrs) -> bpobj %llu "
2772 "(%llu blkptrs)", (u_longlong_t
)tx
->tx_txg
, dsname
,
2773 (u_longlong_t
)ds
->ds_object
, (u_longlong_t
)first_obj
,
2774 (u_longlong_t
)cur_first_size
, (u_longlong_t
)next_obj
,
2775 (u_longlong_t
)cur_next_size
,
2776 (u_longlong_t
)first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_object
,
2777 (u_longlong_t
)first
->dle_bpobj
.bpo_phys
->bpo_num_blkptrs
);
2779 dmu_buf_rele(ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2780 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2781 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2782 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2783 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2784 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2788 spa_livelist_condense_cb(void *arg
, zthr_t
*t
)
2790 while (zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_pause
&&
2791 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2795 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*first
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
;
2796 dsl_deadlist_entry_t
*next
= spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
;
2797 uint64_t first_size
, next_size
;
2799 livelist_condense_arg_t
*lca
=
2800 kmem_alloc(sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
2801 bplist_create(&lca
->to_keep
);
2804 * Process the livelists (matching FREEs and ALLOCs) in open context
2805 * so we have minimal work in syncing context to condense.
2807 * We save bpobj sizes (first_size and next_size) to use later in
2808 * syncing context to determine if entries were added to these sublists
2809 * while in open context. This is possible because the clone is still
2810 * active and open for normal writes and we want to make sure the new,
2811 * unprocessed blockpointers are inserted into the livelist normally.
2813 * Note that dsl_process_sub_livelist() both stores the size number of
2814 * blockpointers and iterates over them while the bpobj's lock held, so
2815 * the sizes returned to us are consistent which what was actually
2818 int err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&first
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
, t
,
2821 err
= dsl_process_sub_livelist(&next
->dle_bpobj
, &lca
->to_keep
,
2825 while (zfs_livelist_condense_sync_pause
&&
2826 !(zthr_has_waiters(t
) || zthr_iscancelled(t
)))
2829 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
2830 dmu_tx_mark_netfree(tx
);
2831 dmu_tx_hold_space(tx
, 1);
2832 err
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_NOWAIT
| TXG_NOTHROTTLE
);
2835 * Prevent the condense zthr restarting before
2836 * the synctask completes.
2838 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_TRUE
;
2840 lca
->first_size
= first_size
;
2841 lca
->next_size
= next_size
;
2842 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa_get_dsl(spa
),
2843 spa_livelist_condense_sync
, lca
, tx
);
2849 * Condensing can not continue: either it was externally stopped or
2850 * we were unable to assign to a tx because the pool has run out of
2851 * space. In the second case, we'll just end up trying to condense
2852 * again in a later txg.
2855 bplist_clear(&lca
->to_keep
);
2856 bplist_destroy(&lca
->to_keep
);
2857 kmem_free(lca
, sizeof (livelist_condense_arg_t
));
2858 dmu_buf_rele(spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
->ds_dbuf
, spa
);
2859 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2861 zfs_livelist_condense_zthr_cancel
++;
2865 * Check that there is something to condense but that a condense is not
2866 * already in progress and that condensing has not been cancelled.
2869 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check(void *arg
, zthr_t
*z
)
2873 if ((spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
!= NULL
) &&
2874 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
== B_FALSE
) &&
2875 (spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
== B_FALSE
)) {
2882 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa_t
*spa
)
2884 spa
->spa_to_condense
.ds
= NULL
;
2885 spa
->spa_to_condense
.first
= NULL
;
2886 spa
->spa_to_condense
.next
= NULL
;
2887 spa
->spa_to_condense
.syncing
= B_FALSE
;
2888 spa
->spa_to_condense
.cancelled
= B_FALSE
;
2890 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2891 spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
=
2892 zthr_create("z_livelist_condense",
2893 spa_livelist_condense_cb_check
,
2894 spa_livelist_condense_cb
, spa
, minclsyspri
);
2898 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa_t
*spa
)
2900 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
2902 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
2904 spa_start_indirect_condensing_thread(spa
);
2905 spa_start_livelist_destroy_thread(spa
);
2906 spa_start_livelist_condensing_thread(spa
);
2908 ASSERT3P(spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
, ==, NULL
);
2909 spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
=
2910 zthr_create("z_checkpoint_discard",
2911 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread_check
,
2912 spa_checkpoint_discard_thread
, spa
, minclsyspri
);
2916 * Fix up config after a partly-completed split. This is done with the
2917 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist. Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2918 * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2919 * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2921 * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2922 * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process. To attempt
2923 * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2924 * we do a reopen() call. If the vdev label for every disk that was
2925 * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2926 * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2928 * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2929 * the original pool.
2932 spa_try_repair(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
2939 boolean_t attempt_reopen
;
2941 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) != 0)
2944 /* check that the config is complete */
2945 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
,
2946 &glist
, &gcount
) != 0)
2949 vd
= kmem_zalloc(gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
2951 /* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2952 attempt_reopen
= B_TRUE
;
2953 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2954 if (glist
[i
] == 0) /* vdev is hole */
2957 vd
[i
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[i
], B_FALSE
);
2958 if (vd
[i
] == NULL
) {
2960 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2961 * just do the split.
2963 attempt_reopen
= B_FALSE
;
2965 /* attempt to re-online it */
2966 vd
[i
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
2970 if (attempt_reopen
) {
2971 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2973 /* check each device to see what state it's in */
2974 for (extracted
= 0, i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++) {
2975 if (vd
[i
] != NULL
&&
2976 vd
[i
]->vdev_stat
.vs_aux
!= VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL
)
2983 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2984 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2987 if (!attempt_reopen
|| gcount
== extracted
) {
2988 for (i
= 0; i
< gcount
; i
++)
2991 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
2994 kmem_free(vd
, gcount
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
2998 spa_load(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3000 const char *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL
;
3003 spa
->spa_load_state
= state
;
3004 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
3005 spa_load_state(spa
));
3007 gethrestime(&spa
->spa_loaded_ts
);
3008 error
= spa_load_impl(spa
, type
, &ereport
);
3011 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
3012 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
3014 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
3015 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
3017 if (error
!= EEXIST
) {
3018 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
= 0;
3019 spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
= 0;
3021 if (error
!= EBADF
) {
3022 (void) zfs_ereport_post(ereport
, spa
,
3023 NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
3026 spa
->spa_load_state
= error
? SPA_LOAD_ERROR
: SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
3029 (void) spa_import_progress_set_state(spa_guid(spa
),
3030 spa_load_state(spa
));
3037 * Count the number of per-vdev ZAPs associated with all of the vdevs in the
3038 * vdev tree rooted in the given vd, and ensure that each ZAP is present in the
3039 * spa's per-vdev ZAP list.
3042 vdev_count_verify_zaps(vdev_t
*vd
)
3044 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
3047 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
3049 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
3050 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_top_zap
));
3052 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
3054 ASSERT0(zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
3055 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
));
3058 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
3059 total
+= vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd
->vdev_child
[i
]);
3065 #define vdev_count_verify_zaps(vd) ((void) sizeof (vd), 0)
3069 * Determine whether the activity check is required.
3072 spa_activity_check_required(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*label
,
3076 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3077 uint64_t tryconfig_txg
= 0;
3078 uint64_t tryconfig_timestamp
= 0;
3079 uint16_t tryconfig_mmp_seq
= 0;
3082 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3083 nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3084 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
,
3086 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
3087 &tryconfig_timestamp
);
3088 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint16(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
3089 &tryconfig_mmp_seq
);
3092 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
);
3095 * Disable the MMP activity check - This is used by zdb which
3096 * is intended to be used on potentially active pools.
3098 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
)
3102 * Skip the activity check when the MMP feature is disabled.
3104 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
== 0)
3108 * If the tryconfig_ values are nonzero, they are the results of an
3109 * earlier tryimport. If they all match the uberblock we just found,
3110 * then the pool has not changed and we return false so we do not test
3113 if (tryconfig_txg
&& tryconfig_txg
== ub
->ub_txg
&&
3114 tryconfig_timestamp
&& tryconfig_timestamp
== ub
->ub_timestamp
&&
3115 tryconfig_mmp_seq
&& tryconfig_mmp_seq
==
3116 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0))
3120 * Allow the activity check to be skipped when importing the pool
3121 * on the same host which last imported it. Since the hostid from
3122 * configuration may be stale use the one read from the label.
3124 if (nvlist_exists(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
))
3125 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3127 if (hostid
== spa_get_hostid(spa
))
3131 * Skip the activity test when the pool was cleanly exported.
3133 if (state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
)
3140 * Nanoseconds the activity check must watch for changes on-disk.
3143 spa_activity_check_duration(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3145 uint64_t import_intervals
= MAX(zfs_multihost_import_intervals
, 1);
3146 uint64_t multihost_interval
= MSEC2NSEC(
3147 MMP_INTERVAL_OK(zfs_multihost_interval
));
3148 uint64_t import_delay
= MAX(NANOSEC
, import_intervals
*
3149 multihost_interval
);
3152 * Local tunables determine a minimum duration except for the case
3153 * where we know when the remote host will suspend the pool if MMP
3154 * writes do not land.
3156 * See Big Theory comment at the top of mmp.c for the reasoning behind
3157 * these cases and times.
3160 ASSERT(MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
>= 100);
3162 if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3163 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) > 0) {
3165 /* MMP on remote host will suspend pool after failed writes */
3166 import_delay
= MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) * MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) *
3167 MMP_IMPORT_SAFETY_FACTOR
/ 100;
3169 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals>0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3170 "mmp_fails=%llu ub_mmp mmp_interval=%llu "
3171 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3172 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
),
3173 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3174 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3176 } else if (MMP_INTERVAL_VALID(ub
) && MMP_FAIL_INT_VALID(ub
) &&
3177 MMP_FAIL_INT(ub
) == 0) {
3179 /* MMP on remote host will never suspend pool */
3180 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (MSEC2NSEC(MMP_INTERVAL(ub
)) +
3181 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3183 zfs_dbgmsg("fail_intvals=0 import_delay=%llu ub_mmp "
3184 "mmp_interval=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3185 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3186 (u_longlong_t
)MMP_INTERVAL(ub
),
3187 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_delay
,
3188 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3190 } else if (MMP_VALID(ub
)) {
3192 * zfs-0.7 compatibility case
3195 import_delay
= MAX(import_delay
, (multihost_interval
+
3196 ub
->ub_mmp_delay
) * import_intervals
);
3198 zfs_dbgmsg("import_delay=%llu ub_mmp_delay=%llu "
3199 "import_intervals=%llu leaves=%u",
3200 (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3201 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_delay
,
3202 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
,
3203 vdev_count_leaves(spa
));
3205 /* Using local tunings is the only reasonable option */
3206 zfs_dbgmsg("pool last imported on non-MMP aware "
3207 "host using import_delay=%llu multihost_interval=%llu "
3208 "import_intervals=%llu", (u_longlong_t
)import_delay
,
3209 (u_longlong_t
)multihost_interval
,
3210 (u_longlong_t
)import_intervals
);
3213 return (import_delay
);
3217 * Perform the import activity check. If the user canceled the import or
3218 * we detected activity then fail.
3221 spa_activity_check(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
, nvlist_t
*config
)
3223 uint64_t txg
= ub
->ub_txg
;
3224 uint64_t timestamp
= ub
->ub_timestamp
;
3225 uint64_t mmp_config
= ub
->ub_mmp_config
;
3226 uint16_t mmp_seq
= MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0;
3227 uint64_t import_delay
;
3228 hrtime_t import_expire
;
3229 nvlist_t
*mmp_label
= NULL
;
3230 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3235 cv_init(&cv
, NULL
, CV_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3236 mutex_init(&mtx
, NULL
, MUTEX_DEFAULT
, NULL
);
3240 * If ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG is present an activity check was performed
3241 * during the earlier tryimport. If the txg recorded there is 0 then
3242 * the pool is known to be active on another host.
3244 * Otherwise, the pool might be in use on another host. Check for
3245 * changes in the uberblocks on disk if necessary.
3247 if (nvlist_exists(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
)) {
3248 nvlist_t
*nvinfo
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
,
3249 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
);
3251 if (nvlist_exists(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) &&
3252 fnvlist_lookup_uint64(nvinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
) == 0) {
3253 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3254 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3259 import_delay
= spa_activity_check_duration(spa
, ub
);
3261 /* Add a small random factor in case of simultaneous imports (0-25%) */
3262 import_delay
+= import_delay
* random_in_range(250) / 1000;
3264 import_expire
= gethrtime() + import_delay
;
3266 while (gethrtime() < import_expire
) {
3267 (void) spa_import_progress_set_mmp_check(spa_guid(spa
),
3268 NSEC2SEC(import_expire
- gethrtime()));
3270 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &mmp_label
);
3272 if (txg
!= ub
->ub_txg
|| timestamp
!= ub
->ub_timestamp
||
3273 mmp_seq
!= (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0)) {
3274 zfs_dbgmsg("multihost activity detected "
3275 "txg %llu ub_txg %llu "
3276 "timestamp %llu ub_timestamp %llu "
3277 "mmp_config %#llx ub_mmp_config %#llx",
3278 (u_longlong_t
)txg
, (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
,
3279 (u_longlong_t
)timestamp
,
3280 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_timestamp
,
3281 (u_longlong_t
)mmp_config
,
3282 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_mmp_config
);
3284 error
= SET_ERROR(EREMOTEIO
);
3289 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3293 error
= cv_timedwait_sig(&cv
, &mtx
, ddi_get_lbolt() + hz
);
3295 error
= SET_ERROR(EINTR
);
3303 mutex_destroy(&mtx
);
3307 * If the pool is determined to be active store the status in the
3308 * spa->spa_load_info nvlist. If the remote hostname or hostid are
3309 * available from configuration read from disk store them as well.
3310 * This allows 'zpool import' to generate a more useful message.
3312 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE - observed pool status (mandatory)
3313 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME - hostname from the active pool
3314 * ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID - hostid from the active pool
3316 if (error
== EREMOTEIO
) {
3317 const char *hostname
= "<unknown>";
3318 uint64_t hostid
= 0;
3321 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
)) {
3322 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mmp_label
,
3323 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3324 fnvlist_add_string(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3325 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTNAME
, hostname
);
3328 if (nvlist_exists(mmp_label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
)) {
3329 hostid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mmp_label
,
3330 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
);
3331 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3332 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_HOSTID
, hostid
);
3336 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3337 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_ACTIVE
);
3338 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3339 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, 0);
3341 error
= spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
);
3345 nvlist_free(mmp_label
);
3351 spa_verify_host(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*mos_config
)
3354 const char *hostname
;
3355 uint64_t myhostid
= 0;
3357 if (!spa_is_root(spa
) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3358 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID
, &hostid
) == 0) {
3359 hostname
= fnvlist_lookup_string(mos_config
,
3360 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME
);
3362 myhostid
= zone_get_hostid(NULL
);
3364 if (hostid
!= 0 && myhostid
!= 0 && hostid
!= myhostid
) {
3365 cmn_err(CE_WARN
, "pool '%s' could not be "
3366 "loaded as it was last accessed by "
3367 "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%llx). "
3368 "See: https://openzfs.github.io/openzfs-docs/msg/"
3370 spa_name(spa
), hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3371 spa_load_failed(spa
, "hostid verification failed: pool "
3372 "last accessed by host: %s (hostid: 0x%llx)",
3373 hostname
, (u_longlong_t
)hostid
);
3374 return (SET_ERROR(EBADF
));
3382 spa_ld_parse_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3385 nvlist_t
*nvtree
, *nvl
, *config
= spa
->spa_config
;
3389 const char *comment
;
3390 const char *compatibility
;
3393 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
3394 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
3396 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
3397 &spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
) != 0)
3398 spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
= SPA_VERSION_INITIAL
;
3400 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
, &pool_guid
)) {
3401 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3402 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
);
3403 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3407 * If we are doing an import, ensure that the pool is not already
3408 * imported by checking if its pool guid already exists in the
3411 * The only case that we allow an already imported pool to be
3412 * imported again, is when the pool is checkpointed and we want to
3413 * look at its checkpointed state from userland tools like zdb.
3416 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3417 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3418 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0)) {
3420 if ((spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
3421 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) &&
3422 spa_guid_exists(pool_guid
, 0) &&
3423 !spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3425 spa_load_failed(spa
, "a pool with guid %llu is already open",
3426 (u_longlong_t
)pool_guid
);
3427 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
3430 spa
->spa_config_guid
= pool_guid
;
3432 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
3433 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
3435 ASSERT(spa
->spa_comment
== NULL
);
3436 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT
, &comment
) == 0)
3437 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(comment
);
3439 ASSERT(spa
->spa_compatibility
== NULL
);
3440 if (nvlist_lookup_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMPATIBILITY
,
3441 &compatibility
) == 0)
3442 spa
->spa_compatibility
= spa_strdup(compatibility
);
3444 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
,
3445 &spa
->spa_config_txg
);
3447 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, &nvl
) == 0)
3448 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_dup(nvl
);
3450 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvtree
)) {
3451 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid config provided: '%s' missing",
3452 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3453 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
3457 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3459 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
3461 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
3462 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
3463 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
3464 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
3468 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree. We explicitly set the
3469 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
3470 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
3472 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3473 parse
= (type
== SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
?
3474 VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
: VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT
);
3475 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvtree
, NULL
, 0, parse
);
3476 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3479 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to parse config [error=%d]",
3484 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
3485 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_min_ashift
, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT
);
3486 ASSERT3U(spa
->spa_max_ashift
, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT
);
3488 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
3489 ASSERT(spa_guid(spa
) == pool_guid
);
3496 * Recursively open all vdevs in the vdev tree. This function is called twice:
3497 * first with the untrusted config, then with the trusted config.
3500 spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3505 * spa_missing_tvds_allowed defines how many top-level vdevs can be
3506 * missing/unopenable for the root vdev to be still considered openable.
3508 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
) {
3509 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds
;
3510 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
) {
3511 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_cachefile
;
3512 } else if (spa
->spa_config_source
== SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
) {
3513 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= zfs_max_missing_tvds_scan
;
3515 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
= 0;
3518 spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
=
3519 MAX(zfs_max_missing_tvds
, spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3521 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3522 error
= vdev_open(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
3523 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3525 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
3526 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree has %lld missing top-level "
3527 "vdevs.", (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds
);
3528 if (spa
->spa_trust_config
&& (spa
->spa_mode
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
)) {
3530 * Although theoretically we could allow users to open
3531 * incomplete pools in RW mode, we'd need to add a lot
3532 * of extra logic (e.g. adjust pool space to account
3533 * for missing vdevs).
3534 * This limitation also prevents users from accidentally
3535 * opening the pool in RW mode during data recovery and
3536 * damaging it further.
3538 spa_load_note(spa
, "pools with missing top-level "
3539 "vdevs can only be opened in read-only mode.");
3540 error
= SET_ERROR(ENXIO
);
3542 spa_load_note(spa
, "current settings allow for maximum "
3543 "%lld missing top-level vdevs at this stage.",
3544 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_missing_tvds_allowed
);
3548 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open vdev tree [error=%d]",
3551 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0 || error
!= 0)
3552 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, 2);
3558 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
3559 * we have in hand. This function is called twice: first with an untrusted
3560 * config, then with a trusted config. The validation is more strict when the
3561 * config is trusted.
3564 spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
)
3567 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3569 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3570 error
= vdev_validate(rvd
);
3571 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3574 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_validate failed [error=%d]", error
);
3578 if (rvd
->vdev_state
<= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
) {
3579 spa_load_failed(spa
, "cannot open vdev tree after invalidating "
3581 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3582 return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO
));
3589 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa_t
*spa
, uberblock_t
*ub
)
3591 spa
->spa_state
= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
;
3592 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3593 spa
->spa_verify_min_txg
= spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
?
3594 TXG_INITIAL
- 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE
- 1;
3595 spa
->spa_first_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
?
3596 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
: spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) + 1;
3597 spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
= spa
->spa_first_txg
;
3598 spa
->spa_prev_software_version
= ub
->ub_software_version
;
3602 spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
3604 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3606 uberblock_t
*ub
= &spa
->spa_uberblock
;
3607 boolean_t activity_check
= B_FALSE
;
3610 * If we are opening the checkpointed state of the pool by
3611 * rewinding to it, at this point we will have written the
3612 * checkpointed uberblock to the vdev labels, so searching
3613 * the labels will find the right uberblock. However, if
3614 * we are opening the checkpointed state read-only, we have
3615 * not modified the labels. Therefore, we must ignore the
3616 * labels and continue using the spa_uberblock that was set
3617 * by spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind.
3619 * Note that it would be fine to ignore the labels when
3620 * rewinding (opening writeable) as well. However, if we
3621 * crash just after writing the labels, we will end up
3622 * searching the labels. Doing so in the common case means
3623 * that this code path gets exercised normally, rather than
3624 * just in the edge case.
3626 if (ub
->ub_checkpoint_txg
!= 0 &&
3627 spa_importing_readonly_checkpoint(spa
)) {
3628 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3633 * Find the best uberblock.
3635 vdev_uberblock_load(rvd
, ub
, &label
);
3638 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
3640 if (ub
->ub_txg
== 0) {
3642 spa_load_failed(spa
, "no valid uberblock found");
3643 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, ENXIO
));
3646 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
3647 (void) spa_import_progress_set_max_txg(spa_guid(spa
),
3648 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
3650 spa_load_note(spa
, "using uberblock with txg=%llu",
3651 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_txg
);
3655 * For pools which have the multihost property on determine if the
3656 * pool is truly inactive and can be safely imported. Prevent
3657 * hosts which don't have a hostid set from importing the pool.
3659 activity_check
= spa_activity_check_required(spa
, ub
, label
,
3661 if (activity_check
) {
3662 if (ub
->ub_mmp_magic
== MMP_MAGIC
&& ub
->ub_mmp_delay
&&
3663 spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0) {
3665 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3666 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
3667 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
3670 int error
= spa_activity_check(spa
, ub
, spa
->spa_config
);
3676 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3677 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_INACTIVE
);
3678 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3679 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_TXG
, ub
->ub_txg
);
3680 fnvlist_add_uint16(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3681 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_SEQ
,
3682 (MMP_SEQ_VALID(ub
) ? MMP_SEQ(ub
) : 0));
3686 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
3688 if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub
->ub_version
)) {
3690 spa_load_failed(spa
, "version %llu is not supported",
3691 (u_longlong_t
)ub
->ub_version
);
3692 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER
, ENOTSUP
));
3695 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3699 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
3700 * MOS in the label, return failure.
3702 if (label
== NULL
) {
3703 spa_load_failed(spa
, "label config unavailable");
3704 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3708 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
3711 spa_load_failed(spa
, "invalid label: '%s' missing",
3712 ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ
);
3713 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
3718 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
3721 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_label_features
);
3722 spa
->spa_label_features
= fnvlist_dup(features
);
3728 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
3729 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
3730 * cannot open a pool.
3732 if (ub
->ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
3733 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
;
3735 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
3737 for (nvpair_t
*nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
,
3739 nvp
= nvlist_next_nvpair(spa
->spa_label_features
, nvp
)) {
3740 if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp
))) {
3741 fnvlist_add_string(unsup_feat
,
3742 nvpair_name(nvp
), "");
3746 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
3747 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
3748 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
3749 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3750 spa_load_failed(spa
, "some features are unsupported");
3751 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
3755 nvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
3758 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa
->spa_config_splitting
) {
3759 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3760 spa_try_repair(spa
, spa
->spa_config
);
3761 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3762 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
3763 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
3767 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
3769 spa_ld_select_uberblock_done(spa
, ub
);
3775 spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa_t
*spa
)
3778 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3780 error
= dsl_pool_init(spa
, spa
->spa_first_txg
, &spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
3782 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to open rootbp in dsl_pool_init "
3783 "[error=%d]", error
);
3784 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3786 spa
->spa_meta_objset
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_meta_objset
;
3792 spa_ld_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
3793 boolean_t reloading
)
3795 vdev_t
*mrvd
, *rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3796 nvlist_t
*nv
, *mos_config
, *policy
;
3797 int error
= 0, copy_error
;
3798 uint64_t healthy_tvds
, healthy_tvds_mos
;
3799 uint64_t mos_config_txg
;
3801 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
, &spa
->spa_config_object
, B_TRUE
)
3803 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3806 * If we're assembling a pool from a split, the config provided is
3807 * already trusted so there is nothing to do.
3809 if (type
== SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
3812 healthy_tvds
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3814 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
)
3816 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
3817 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3821 * If we are doing an open, pool owner wasn't verified yet, thus do
3822 * the verification here.
3824 if (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_OPEN
) {
3825 error
= spa_verify_host(spa
, mos_config
);
3827 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3832 nv
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
3834 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
3837 * Build a new vdev tree from the trusted config
3839 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &mrvd
, nv
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD
);
3841 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3842 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3843 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_config_parse failed [error=%d]",
3845 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3849 * Vdev paths in the MOS may be obsolete. If the untrusted config was
3850 * obtained by scanning /dev/dsk, then it will have the right vdev
3851 * paths. We update the trusted MOS config with this information.
3852 * We first try to copy the paths with vdev_copy_path_strict, which
3853 * succeeds only when both configs have exactly the same vdev tree.
3854 * If that fails, we fall back to a more flexible method that has a
3855 * best effort policy.
3857 copy_error
= vdev_copy_path_strict(rvd
, mrvd
);
3858 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3859 spa_load_note(spa
, "provided vdev tree:");
3860 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3861 spa_load_note(spa
, "MOS vdev tree:");
3862 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(mrvd
, 2);
3864 if (copy_error
!= 0) {
3865 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev_copy_path_strict failed, falling "
3866 "back to vdev_copy_path_relaxed");
3867 vdev_copy_path_relaxed(rvd
, mrvd
);
3872 spa
->spa_root_vdev
= mrvd
;
3874 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
3877 * We will use spa_config if we decide to reload the spa or if spa_load
3878 * fails and we rewind. We must thus regenerate the config using the
3879 * MOS information with the updated paths. ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY is used to
3880 * pass settings on how to load the pool and is not stored in the MOS.
3881 * We copy it over to our new, trusted config.
3883 mos_config_txg
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(mos_config
,
3884 ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
);
3885 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
3886 mos_config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, mos_config_txg
, B_FALSE
);
3887 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
,
3889 fnvlist_add_nvlist(mos_config
, ZPOOL_LOAD_POLICY
, policy
);
3890 spa_config_set(spa
, mos_config
);
3891 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_MOS
;
3894 * Now that we got the config from the MOS, we should be more strict
3895 * in checking blkptrs and can make assumptions about the consistency
3896 * of the vdev tree. spa_trust_config must be set to true before opening
3897 * vdevs in order for them to be writeable.
3899 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_TRUE
;
3902 * Open and validate the new vdev tree
3904 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
3908 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
3912 if (copy_error
!= 0 || spa_load_print_vdev_tree
) {
3913 spa_load_note(spa
, "final vdev tree:");
3914 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3917 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
&&
3918 !spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
&& zfs_max_missing_tvds
== 0) {
3920 * Sanity check to make sure that we are indeed loading the
3921 * latest uberblock. If we missed SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS tvds
3922 * in the config provided and they happened to be the only ones
3923 * to have the latest uberblock, we could involuntarily perform
3924 * an extreme rewind.
3926 healthy_tvds_mos
= spa_healthy_core_tvds(spa
);
3927 if (healthy_tvds_mos
- healthy_tvds
>=
3928 SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
) {
3929 spa_load_note(spa
, "config provided misses too many "
3930 "top-level vdevs compared to MOS (%lld vs %lld). ",
3931 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds
,
3932 (u_longlong_t
)healthy_tvds_mos
);
3933 spa_load_note(spa
, "vdev tree:");
3934 vdev_dbgmsg_print_tree(rvd
, 2);
3936 spa_load_failed(spa
, "config was already "
3937 "provided from MOS. Aborting.");
3938 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
3939 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3941 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa must be reloaded using MOS "
3943 return (SET_ERROR(EAGAIN
));
3947 error
= spa_check_for_missing_logs(spa
);
3949 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
, ENXIO
));
3951 if (rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
!= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
) {
3952 spa_load_failed(spa
, "uberblock guid sum doesn't match MOS "
3953 "guid sum (%llu != %llu)",
3954 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_guid_sum
,
3955 (u_longlong_t
)rvd
->vdev_guid_sum
);
3956 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM
,
3964 spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
3967 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3970 * Everything that we read before spa_remove_init() must be stored
3971 * on concreted vdevs. Therefore we do this as early as possible.
3973 error
= spa_remove_init(spa
);
3975 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_remove_init failed [error=%d]",
3977 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
3981 * Retrieve information needed to condense indirect vdev mappings.
3983 error
= spa_condense_init(spa
);
3985 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_condense_init failed [error=%d]",
3987 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
3994 spa_ld_check_features(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t
*missing_feat_writep
)
3997 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
3999 if (spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
4000 boolean_t missing_feat_read
= B_FALSE
;
4001 nvlist_t
*unsup_feat
, *enabled_feat
;
4003 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ
,
4004 &spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
4005 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4008 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE
,
4009 &spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
4010 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4013 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS
,
4014 &spa
->spa_feat_desc_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0) {
4015 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4018 enabled_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
4019 unsup_feat
= fnvlist_alloc();
4021 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_FALSE
,
4022 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
))
4023 missing_feat_read
= B_TRUE
;
4025 if (spa_writeable(spa
) ||
4026 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4027 if (!spa_features_check(spa
, B_TRUE
,
4028 unsup_feat
, enabled_feat
)) {
4029 *missing_feat_writep
= B_TRUE
;
4033 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4034 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT
, enabled_feat
);
4036 if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat
)) {
4037 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4038 ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT
, unsup_feat
);
4041 fnvlist_free(enabled_feat
);
4042 fnvlist_free(unsup_feat
);
4044 if (!missing_feat_read
) {
4045 fnvlist_add_boolean(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4046 ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY
);
4050 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
4051 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
4052 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
4053 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
4054 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
4055 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
4056 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
4057 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
4058 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
4059 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
4060 * available for open in read-only mode.
4062 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
4063 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
4064 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
4065 * userland in order to know whether to display the
4066 * abovementioned note.
4068 if (missing_feat_read
|| (*missing_feat_writep
&&
4069 spa_writeable(spa
))) {
4070 spa_load_failed(spa
, "pool uses unsupported features");
4071 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4076 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
4077 * cache during SPA initialization.
4079 for (spa_feature_t i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
4082 error
= feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa
,
4083 &spa_feature_table
[i
], &refcount
);
4085 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] = refcount
;
4086 } else if (error
== ENOTSUP
) {
4087 spa
->spa_feat_refcount_cache
[i
] =
4088 SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED
;
4090 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error getting refcount "
4091 "for feature %s [error=%d]",
4092 spa_feature_table
[i
].fi_guid
, error
);
4093 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
,
4094 VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4099 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
)) {
4100 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG
,
4101 &spa
->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
4102 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4106 * Encryption was added before bookmark_v2, even though bookmark_v2
4107 * is now a dependency. If this pool has encryption enabled without
4108 * bookmark_v2, trigger an errata message.
4110 if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
) &&
4111 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_BOOKMARK_V2
)) {
4112 spa
->spa_errata
= ZPOOL_ERRATA_ZOL_8308_ENCRYPTION
;
4119 spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa_t
*spa
)
4122 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4124 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
4125 error
= dsl_pool_open(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4126 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
4128 spa_load_failed(spa
, "dsl_pool_open failed [error=%d]", error
);
4129 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4136 spa_ld_get_props(spa_t
*spa
)
4140 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4142 /* Grab the checksum salt from the MOS. */
4143 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4144 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
4145 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
4146 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
);
4147 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4148 /* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
4149 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
4150 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
4151 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4152 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checksum salt from "
4153 "MOS [error=%d]", error
);
4154 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4157 if (spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
, &obj
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
4158 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4159 error
= bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
);
4161 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error opening deferred-frees bpobj "
4162 "[error=%d]", error
);
4163 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4167 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
4168 * (raid-z deflation). If we have an older pool, this will not
4171 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
, &spa
->spa_deflate
, B_FALSE
);
4172 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4173 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4175 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
4176 &spa
->spa_creation_version
, B_FALSE
);
4177 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4178 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4181 * Load the persistent error log. If we have an older pool, this will
4184 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST
, &spa
->spa_errlog_last
,
4186 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4187 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4189 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB
,
4190 &spa
->spa_errlog_scrub
, B_FALSE
);
4191 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4192 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4195 * Load the livelist deletion field. If a livelist is queued for
4196 * deletion, indicate that in the spa
4198 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_DELETED_CLONES
,
4199 &spa
->spa_livelists_to_delete
, B_FALSE
);
4200 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4201 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4204 * Load the history object. If we have an older pool, this
4205 * will not be present.
4207 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_HISTORY
, &spa
->spa_history
, B_FALSE
);
4208 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4209 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4212 * Load the per-vdev ZAP map. If we have an older pool, this will not
4213 * be present; in this case, defer its creation to a later time to
4214 * avoid dirtying the MOS this early / out of sync context. See
4215 * spa_sync_config_object.
4218 /* The sentinel is only available in the MOS config. */
4219 nvlist_t
*mos_config
;
4220 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, &mos_config
) != 0) {
4221 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve MOS config");
4222 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4225 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
4226 &spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, B_FALSE
);
4228 if (error
== ENOENT
) {
4229 VERIFY(!nvlist_exists(mos_config
,
4230 ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
4231 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
;
4232 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4233 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4234 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4235 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4236 } else if (!nvlist_exists(mos_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
)) {
4238 * An older version of ZFS overwrote the sentinel value, so
4239 * we have orphaned per-vdev ZAPs in the MOS. Defer their
4240 * destruction to later; see spa_sync_config_object.
4242 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
;
4244 * We're assuming that no vdevs have had their ZAPs created
4245 * before this. Better be sure of it.
4247 ASSERT0(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
));
4249 nvlist_free(mos_config
);
4251 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
4253 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
, &spa
->spa_pool_props_object
,
4255 if (error
&& error
!= ENOENT
)
4256 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4259 uint64_t autoreplace
= 0;
4261 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
, &spa
->spa_bootfs
);
4262 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE
, &autoreplace
);
4263 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
, &spa
->spa_delegation
);
4264 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
, &spa
->spa_failmode
);
4265 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
, &spa
->spa_autoexpand
);
4266 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
, &spa
->spa_multihost
);
4267 spa_prop_find(spa
, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
, &spa
->spa_autotrim
);
4268 spa
->spa_autoreplace
= (autoreplace
!= 0);
4272 * If we are importing a pool with missing top-level vdevs,
4273 * we enforce that the pool doesn't panic or get suspended on
4274 * error since the likelihood of missing data is extremely high.
4276 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
> 0 &&
4277 spa
->spa_failmode
!= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
&&
4278 spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4279 spa_load_note(spa
, "forcing failmode to 'continue' "
4280 "as some top level vdevs are missing");
4281 spa
->spa_failmode
= ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_CONTINUE
;
4288 spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4291 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4294 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
4295 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
4300 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
4302 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
, &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4304 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4305 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4306 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4307 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
4308 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_object
,
4309 &spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4310 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading spares nvlist");
4311 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4314 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4315 spa_load_spares(spa
);
4316 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4317 } else if (error
== 0) {
4318 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4322 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
4324 error
= spa_dir_prop(spa
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
,
4325 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
, B_FALSE
);
4326 if (error
!= 0 && error
!= ENOENT
)
4327 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4328 if (error
== 0 && type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4329 ASSERT(spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
);
4330 if (load_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_object
,
4331 &spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) != 0) {
4332 spa_load_failed(spa
, "error loading l2cache nvlist");
4333 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4336 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4337 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
4338 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4339 } else if (error
== 0) {
4340 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
4347 spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa_t
*spa
)
4350 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4353 * If the 'multihost' property is set, then never allow a pool to
4354 * be imported when the system hostid is zero. The exception to
4355 * this rule is zdb which is always allowed to access pools.
4357 if (spa_multihost(spa
) && spa_get_hostid(spa
) == 0 &&
4358 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_SKIP_MMP
) == 0) {
4359 fnvlist_add_uint64(spa
->spa_load_info
,
4360 ZPOOL_CONFIG_MMP_STATE
, MMP_STATE_NO_HOSTID
);
4361 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_ACTIVE
, EREMOTEIO
));
4365 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
4366 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
4367 * devices. We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
4368 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
4371 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
&& spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4372 spa_check_removed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
4374 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
4375 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
4376 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
4378 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
) {
4379 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
4380 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
4385 * Load the vdev metadata such as metaslabs, DTLs, spacemap object, etc.
4387 error
= vdev_load(rvd
);
4389 spa_load_failed(spa
, "vdev_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4390 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4393 error
= spa_ld_log_spacemaps(spa
);
4395 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_ld_log_spacemaps failed [error=%d]",
4397 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, error
));
4401 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the vdev tree.
4403 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4404 vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd
, 0, 0, B_FALSE
, B_FALSE
);
4405 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4411 spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa_t
*spa
)
4414 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4416 error
= ddt_load(spa
);
4418 spa_load_failed(spa
, "ddt_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4419 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4426 spa_ld_load_brt(spa_t
*spa
)
4429 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4431 error
= brt_load(spa
);
4433 spa_load_failed(spa
, "brt_load failed [error=%d]", error
);
4434 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
, EIO
));
4441 spa_ld_verify_logs(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, const char **ereport
)
4443 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4445 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
&& spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4446 boolean_t missing
= spa_check_logs(spa
);
4448 if (spa
->spa_missing_tvds
!= 0) {
4449 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed "
4450 "so dropping the logs");
4452 *ereport
= FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY
;
4453 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_check_logs failed");
4454 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG
,
4464 spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa_t
*spa
)
4467 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4470 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
4471 * to start pushing transactions.
4473 if (spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
) {
4474 error
= spa_load_verify(spa
);
4476 spa_load_failed(spa
, "spa_load_verify failed "
4477 "[error=%d]", error
);
4478 return (spa_vdev_err(rvd
, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA
,
4487 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa_t
*spa
)
4490 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa_get_dsl(spa
);
4493 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
4494 * This must all happen in a single txg.
4495 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
4496 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
4497 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
4499 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_TRUE
;
4501 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, spa_first_txg(spa
));
4502 (void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp
, dp
->dp_root_dir_obj
,
4503 zil_claim
, tx
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
4506 spa
->spa_claiming
= B_FALSE
;
4508 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_GOOD
);
4512 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t config_cache_txg
,
4513 boolean_t update_config_cache
)
4515 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4516 int need_update
= B_FALSE
;
4519 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
4520 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
4522 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
4523 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
4525 if (update_config_cache
|| config_cache_txg
!= spa
->spa_config_txg
||
4526 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
||
4527 spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4528 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
))
4529 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4531 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
4532 if (rvd
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ms_array
== 0)
4533 need_update
= B_TRUE
;
4536 * Update the config cache asynchronously in case we're the
4537 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
4540 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
4544 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa_t
*spa
)
4546 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
4547 int async_suspended
= spa
->spa_async_suspended
;
4550 spa_deactivate(spa
);
4551 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
4554 * We save the value of spa_async_suspended as it gets reset to 0 by
4555 * spa_unload(). We want to restore it back to the original value before
4556 * returning as we might be calling spa_async_resume() later.
4558 spa
->spa_async_suspended
= async_suspended
;
4562 spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa_t
*spa
)
4564 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4567 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
);
4568 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4570 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4571 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4572 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4574 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4580 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, !=, 0);
4581 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
, !=, 0);
4582 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
, !=, 0);
4583 spa
->spa_checkpoint_txg
= checkpoint
.ub_txg
;
4584 spa
->spa_checkpoint_info
.sci_timestamp
= checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
;
4590 spa_ld_mos_init(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
)
4594 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4595 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4598 * Never trust the config that is provided unless we are assembling
4599 * a pool following a split.
4600 * This means don't trust blkptrs and the vdev tree in general. This
4601 * also effectively puts the spa in read-only mode since
4602 * spa_writeable() checks for spa_trust_config to be true.
4603 * We will later load a trusted config from the MOS.
4605 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
)
4606 spa
->spa_trust_config
= B_FALSE
;
4609 * Parse the config provided to create a vdev tree.
4611 error
= spa_ld_parse_config(spa
, type
);
4615 spa_import_progress_add(spa
);
4618 * Now that we have the vdev tree, try to open each vdev. This involves
4619 * opening the underlying physical device, retrieving its geometry and
4620 * probing the vdev with a dummy I/O. The state of each vdev will be set
4621 * based on the success of those operations. After this we'll be ready
4622 * to read from the vdevs.
4624 error
= spa_ld_open_vdevs(spa
);
4629 * Read the label of each vdev and make sure that the GUIDs stored
4630 * there match the GUIDs in the config provided.
4631 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
4632 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
4633 * validation for now.
4635 if (type
!= SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
) {
4636 error
= spa_ld_validate_vdevs(spa
);
4642 * Read all vdev labels to find the best uberblock (i.e. latest,
4643 * unless spa_load_max_txg is set) and store it in spa_uberblock. We
4644 * get the list of features required to read blkptrs in the MOS from
4645 * the vdev label with the best uberblock and verify that our version
4646 * of zfs supports them all.
4648 error
= spa_ld_select_uberblock(spa
, type
);
4653 * Pass that uberblock to the dsl_pool layer which will open the root
4654 * blkptr. This blkptr points to the latest version of the MOS and will
4655 * allow us to read its contents.
4657 error
= spa_ld_open_rootbp(spa
);
4665 spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa_t
*spa
)
4667 uberblock_t checkpoint
;
4670 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4671 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4673 error
= zap_lookup(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
4674 DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
, sizeof (uint64_t),
4675 sizeof (uberblock_t
) / sizeof (uint64_t), &checkpoint
);
4678 spa_load_failed(spa
, "unable to retrieve checkpointed "
4679 "uberblock from the MOS config [error=%d]", error
);
4681 if (error
== ENOENT
)
4682 error
= ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
;
4687 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, <, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
);
4688 ASSERT3U(checkpoint
.ub_txg
, ==, checkpoint
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4691 * We need to update the txg and timestamp of the checkpointed
4692 * uberblock to be higher than the latest one. This ensures that
4693 * the checkpointed uberblock is selected if we were to close and
4694 * reopen the pool right after we've written it in the vdev labels.
4695 * (also see block comment in vdev_uberblock_compare)
4697 checkpoint
.ub_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
+ 1;
4698 checkpoint
.ub_timestamp
= gethrestime_sec();
4701 * Set current uberblock to be the checkpointed uberblock.
4703 spa
->spa_uberblock
= checkpoint
;
4706 * If we are doing a normal rewind, then the pool is open for
4707 * writing and we sync the "updated" checkpointed uberblock to
4708 * disk. Once this is done, we've basically rewound the whole
4709 * pool and there is no way back.
4711 * There are cases when we don't want to attempt and sync the
4712 * checkpointed uberblock to disk because we are opening a
4713 * pool as read-only. Specifically, verifying the checkpointed
4714 * state with zdb, and importing the checkpointed state to get
4715 * a "preview" of its content.
4717 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
4718 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
4720 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
4721 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
4723 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
4724 int c0
= random_in_range(children
);
4726 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
4727 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
4729 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
4730 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
4733 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 || vd
->vdev_islog
||
4734 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
4737 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
4738 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
4741 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, spa
->spa_first_txg
);
4743 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
4744 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
4747 spa_load_failed(spa
, "failed to write checkpointed "
4748 "uberblock to the vdev labels [error=%d]", error
);
4757 spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
,
4758 boolean_t
*update_config_cache
)
4763 * Parse the config for pool, open and validate vdevs,
4764 * select an uberblock, and use that uberblock to open
4767 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4772 * Retrieve the trusted config stored in the MOS and use it to create
4773 * a new, exact version of the vdev tree, then reopen all vdevs.
4775 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_FALSE
);
4776 if (error
== EAGAIN
) {
4777 if (update_config_cache
!= NULL
)
4778 *update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4781 * Redo the loading process with the trusted config if it is
4782 * too different from the untrusted config.
4784 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4785 spa_load_note(spa
, "RELOADING");
4786 error
= spa_ld_mos_init(spa
, type
);
4790 error
= spa_ld_trusted_config(spa
, type
, B_TRUE
);
4794 } else if (error
!= 0) {
4802 * Load an existing storage pool, using the config provided. This config
4803 * describes which vdevs are part of the pool and is later validated against
4804 * partial configs present in each vdev's label and an entire copy of the
4805 * config stored in the MOS.
4808 spa_load_impl(spa_t
*spa
, spa_import_type_t type
, const char **ereport
)
4811 boolean_t missing_feat_write
= B_FALSE
;
4812 boolean_t checkpoint_rewind
=
4813 (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
4814 boolean_t update_config_cache
= B_FALSE
;
4816 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
4817 ASSERT(spa
->spa_config_source
!= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_NONE
);
4819 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING");
4821 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, &update_config_cache
);
4826 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint then we need to repeat
4827 * everything we've done so far in this function but this time
4828 * selecting the checkpointed uberblock and using that to open
4831 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4833 * If we are rewinding to the checkpoint update config cache
4836 update_config_cache
= B_TRUE
;
4839 * Extract the checkpointed uberblock from the current MOS
4840 * and use this as the pool's uberblock from now on. If the
4841 * pool is imported as writeable we also write the checkpoint
4842 * uberblock to the labels, making the rewind permanent.
4844 error
= spa_ld_checkpoint_rewind(spa
);
4849 * Redo the loading process again with the
4850 * checkpointed uberblock.
4852 spa_ld_prepare_for_reload(spa
);
4853 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADING checkpointed uberblock");
4854 error
= spa_ld_mos_with_trusted_config(spa
, type
, NULL
);
4860 * Retrieve the checkpoint txg if the pool has a checkpoint.
4862 error
= spa_ld_read_checkpoint_txg(spa
);
4867 * Retrieve the mapping of indirect vdevs. Those vdevs were removed
4868 * from the pool and their contents were re-mapped to other vdevs. Note
4869 * that everything that we read before this step must have been
4870 * rewritten on concrete vdevs after the last device removal was
4871 * initiated. Otherwise we could be reading from indirect vdevs before
4872 * we have loaded their mappings.
4874 error
= spa_ld_open_indirect_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4879 * Retrieve the full list of active features from the MOS and check if
4880 * they are all supported.
4882 error
= spa_ld_check_features(spa
, &missing_feat_write
);
4887 * Load several special directories from the MOS needed by the dsl_pool
4890 error
= spa_ld_load_special_directories(spa
);
4895 * Retrieve pool properties from the MOS.
4897 error
= spa_ld_get_props(spa
);
4902 * Retrieve the list of auxiliary devices - cache devices and spares -
4905 error
= spa_ld_open_aux_vdevs(spa
, type
);
4910 * Load the metadata for all vdevs. Also check if unopenable devices
4911 * should be autoreplaced.
4913 error
= spa_ld_load_vdev_metadata(spa
);
4917 error
= spa_ld_load_dedup_tables(spa
);
4921 error
= spa_ld_load_brt(spa
);
4926 * Verify the logs now to make sure we don't have any unexpected errors
4927 * when we claim log blocks later.
4929 error
= spa_ld_verify_logs(spa
, type
, ereport
);
4933 if (missing_feat_write
) {
4934 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4937 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
4938 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
4939 * information and can return to userland.
4941 return (spa_vdev_err(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT
,
4946 * Traverse the last txgs to make sure the pool was left off in a safe
4947 * state. When performing an extreme rewind, we verify the whole pool,
4948 * which can take a very long time.
4950 error
= spa_ld_verify_pool_data(spa
);
4955 * Calculate the deflated space for the pool. This must be done before
4956 * we write anything to the pool because we'd need to update the space
4957 * accounting using the deflated sizes.
4959 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
4962 * We have now retrieved all the information we needed to open the
4963 * pool. If we are importing the pool in read-write mode, a few
4964 * additional steps must be performed to finish the import.
4966 if (spa_writeable(spa
) && (spa
->spa_load_state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
||
4967 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
== UINT64_MAX
)) {
4968 uint64_t config_cache_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
4970 ASSERT(spa
->spa_load_state
!= SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
);
4973 * In case of a checkpoint rewind, log the original txg
4974 * of the checkpointed uberblock.
4976 if (checkpoint_rewind
) {
4977 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "checkpoint rewind",
4978 NULL
, "rewound state to txg=%llu",
4979 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_checkpoint_txg
);
4983 * Traverse the ZIL and claim all blocks.
4985 spa_ld_claim_log_blocks(spa
);
4988 * Kick-off the syncing thread.
4990 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
4991 txg_sync_start(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
4992 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
4995 * Wait for all claims to sync. We sync up to the highest
4996 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
4997 * don't appear to be from the future. spa_claim_max_txg
4998 * will have been set for us by ZIL traversal operations
5001 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa
->spa_claim_max_txg
);
5004 * Check if we need to request an update of the config. On the
5005 * next sync, we would update the config stored in vdev labels
5006 * and the cachefile (by default /etc/zfs/zpool.cache).
5008 spa_ld_check_for_config_update(spa
, config_cache_txg
,
5009 update_config_cache
);
5012 * Check if a rebuild was in progress and if so resume it.
5013 * Then check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
5014 * The resilver will be deferred if a rebuild was started.
5016 if (vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) {
5017 vdev_rebuild_restart(spa
);
5018 } else if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
) &&
5019 vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
5020 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
);
5024 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
5025 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
5027 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "open", NULL
);
5029 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
5030 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
5033 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
5036 * Since we may be issuing deletes for clones here,
5037 * we make sure to do so after we've spawned all the
5038 * auxiliary threads above (from which the livelist
5039 * deletion zthr is part of).
5041 (void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa
),
5042 dsl_destroy_inconsistent
, NULL
, DS_FIND_CHILDREN
);
5045 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
5047 dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
);
5049 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
5050 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
5051 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
5052 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
5053 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
5056 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5057 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
);
5059 spa_load_note(spa
, "LOADED");
5065 spa_load_retry(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
)
5067 spa_mode_t mode
= spa
->spa_mode
;
5070 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5072 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
- 1;
5074 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
5075 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
5077 spa_load_note(spa
, "spa_load_retry: rewind, max txg: %llu",
5078 (u_longlong_t
)spa
->spa_load_max_txg
);
5080 return (spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
));
5084 * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
5085 * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
5086 * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
5087 * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
5091 spa_load_best(spa_t
*spa
, spa_load_state_t state
, uint64_t max_request
,
5094 nvlist_t
*loadinfo
= NULL
;
5095 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
5096 int load_error
, rewind_error
;
5097 uint64_t safe_rewind_txg
;
5100 if (spa
->spa_load_txg
&& state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5101 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
;
5102 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
5104 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= max_request
;
5105 if (max_request
!= UINT64_MAX
)
5106 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
5109 load_error
= rewind_error
= spa_load(spa
, state
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
5110 if (load_error
== 0)
5112 if (load_error
== ZFS_ERR_NO_CHECKPOINT
) {
5114 * When attempting checkpoint-rewind on a pool with no
5115 * checkpoint, we should not attempt to load uberblocks
5116 * from previous txgs when spa_load fails.
5118 ASSERT(spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_CHECKPOINT
);
5119 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5120 return (load_error
);
5123 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
)
5124 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5126 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
;
5127 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts
= spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
;
5129 if (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND
) {
5130 nvlist_free(config
);
5131 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5132 return (load_error
);
5135 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5136 /* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
5137 spa_set_log_state(spa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
5140 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
5141 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
5144 loadinfo
= spa
->spa_load_info
;
5145 spa
->spa_load_info
= fnvlist_alloc();
5148 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
;
5149 safe_rewind_txg
= spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
- TXG_DEFER_SIZE
;
5150 min_txg
= (rewind_flags
& ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND
) ?
5151 TXG_INITIAL
: safe_rewind_txg
;
5154 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
5155 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
5157 while (rewind_error
&& spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
>= min_txg
&&
5158 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
<= spa
->spa_load_max_txg
) {
5159 if (spa
->spa_load_max_txg
< safe_rewind_txg
)
5160 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
5161 rewind_error
= spa_load_retry(spa
, state
);
5164 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_FALSE
;
5165 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= UINT64_MAX
;
5167 if (config
&& (rewind_error
|| state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
))
5168 spa_config_set(spa
, config
);
5170 nvlist_free(config
);
5172 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
5173 ASSERT3P(loadinfo
, ==, NULL
);
5174 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5175 return (rewind_error
);
5177 /* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
5178 fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO
,
5179 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5181 /* Restore the initial load info */
5182 fnvlist_free(spa
->spa_load_info
);
5183 spa
->spa_load_info
= loadinfo
;
5185 spa_import_progress_remove(spa_guid(spa
));
5186 return (load_error
);
5193 * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
5194 * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache. For the
5195 * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
5196 * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
5198 * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
5199 * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
5203 spa_open_common(const char *pool
, spa_t
**spapp
, const void *tag
,
5204 nvlist_t
*nvpolicy
, nvlist_t
**config
)
5207 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_OPEN
;
5209 int locked
= B_FALSE
;
5210 int firstopen
= B_FALSE
;
5215 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
5216 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
5217 * up calling spa_open() again. The real fix is to figure out how to
5218 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
5220 if (MUTEX_NOT_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
)) {
5221 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5225 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
5227 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5228 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5231 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
5232 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
5236 zpool_get_load_policy(nvpolicy
? nvpolicy
: spa
->spa_config
,
5238 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
5239 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
5241 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5243 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
)
5244 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5245 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
5247 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_open_common: opening %s", pool
);
5248 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
,
5251 if (error
== EBADF
) {
5253 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
5254 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
5255 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed. If
5256 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
5257 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
5260 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5261 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
, B_FALSE
);
5264 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5265 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
5270 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
5271 * information: the state of each vdev after the
5272 * attempted vdev_open(). Return this to the user.
5274 if (config
!= NULL
&& spa
->spa_config
) {
5275 *config
= fnvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
);
5276 fnvlist_add_nvlist(*config
,
5277 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5278 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5281 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5282 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= error
;
5284 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5290 spa_open_ref(spa
, tag
);
5293 *config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
5296 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
5297 * gathered while doing the load.
5299 if (state
== SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
&& config
!= NULL
) {
5300 fnvlist_add_nvlist(*config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
5301 spa
->spa_load_info
);
5305 spa
->spa_last_open_failed
= 0;
5306 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= 0;
5307 spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
5308 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5312 zvol_create_minors_recursive(spa_name(spa
));
5320 spa_open_rewind(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, const void *tag
,
5321 nvlist_t
*policy
, nvlist_t
**config
)
5323 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, policy
, config
));
5327 spa_open(const char *name
, spa_t
**spapp
, const void *tag
)
5329 return (spa_open_common(name
, spapp
, tag
, NULL
, NULL
));
5333 * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
5334 * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
5337 spa_inject_addref(char *name
)
5341 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5342 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(name
)) == NULL
) {
5343 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5346 spa
->spa_inject_ref
++;
5347 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5353 spa_inject_delref(spa_t
*spa
)
5355 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5356 spa
->spa_inject_ref
--;
5357 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5361 * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
5364 spa_add_spares(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5374 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5376 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
== 0)
5379 nvroot
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
5380 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5381 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
));
5383 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5384 (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
, nspares
);
5385 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5386 &spares
, &nspares
));
5389 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
5390 * repurposed as an active spare. If this is the case, update
5391 * their status appropriately.
5393 for (i
= 0; i
< nspares
; i
++) {
5394 guid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(spares
[i
],
5396 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(spares
[i
],
5397 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
));
5398 if (spa_spare_exists(guid
, &pool
, NULL
) &&
5400 vs
->vs_state
= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN
;
5401 vs
->vs_aux
= VDEV_AUX_SPARED
;
5404 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_state
;
5411 * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
5414 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5417 uint_t i
, j
, nl2cache
;
5424 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5426 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
== 0)
5429 nvroot
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
5430 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5431 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
, &nl2cache
));
5432 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
5433 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5434 (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
, nl2cache
);
5435 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5436 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
));
5439 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
5442 for (i
= 0; i
< nl2cache
; i
++) {
5443 guid
= fnvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache
[i
],
5447 for (j
= 0; j
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; j
++) {
5449 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
]->vdev_guid
) {
5450 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[j
];
5456 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache
[i
],
5457 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS
, (uint64_t **)&vs
, &vsc
));
5458 vdev_get_stats(vd
, vs
);
5459 vdev_config_generate_stats(vd
, l2cache
[i
]);
5466 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5471 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
!= 0) {
5472 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5473 spa
->spa_feat_for_read_obj
);
5474 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5475 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5476 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5477 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5478 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5479 za
.za_first_integer
));
5481 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5484 if (spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
!= 0) {
5485 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
5486 spa
->spa_feat_for_write_obj
);
5487 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
5488 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
5489 ASSERT(za
.za_integer_length
== sizeof (uint64_t) &&
5490 za
.za_num_integers
== 1);
5491 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, za
.za_name
,
5492 za
.za_first_integer
));
5494 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
5499 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*features
)
5503 for (i
= 0; i
< SPA_FEATURES
; i
++) {
5504 zfeature_info_t feature
= spa_feature_table
[i
];
5507 if (feature_get_refcount(spa
, &feature
, &refcount
) != 0)
5510 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(features
, feature
.fi_guid
, refcount
));
5515 * Store a list of pool features and their reference counts in the
5518 * The first time this is called on a spa, allocate a new nvlist, fetch
5519 * the pool features and reference counts from disk, then save the list
5520 * in the spa. In subsequent calls on the same spa use the saved nvlist
5521 * and refresh its values from the cached reference counts. This
5522 * ensures we don't block here on I/O on a suspended pool so 'zpool
5523 * clear' can resume the pool.
5526 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*config
)
5530 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, RW_READER
));
5532 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5533 features
= spa
->spa_feat_stats
;
5535 if (features
!= NULL
) {
5536 spa_feature_stats_from_cache(spa
, features
);
5538 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&features
, NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
5539 spa
->spa_feat_stats
= features
;
5540 spa_feature_stats_from_disk(spa
, features
);
5543 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS
,
5546 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_feat_stats_lock
);
5550 spa_get_stats(const char *name
, nvlist_t
**config
,
5551 char *altroot
, size_t buflen
)
5557 error
= spa_open_common(name
, &spa
, FTAG
, NULL
, config
);
5561 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
5562 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
5563 * self-inconsistent.
5565 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
5567 if (*config
!= NULL
) {
5568 uint64_t loadtimes
[2];
5570 loadtimes
[0] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_sec
;
5571 loadtimes
[1] = spa
->spa_loaded_ts
.tv_nsec
;
5572 fnvlist_add_uint64_array(*config
,
5573 ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME
, loadtimes
, 2);
5575 fnvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5576 ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT
,
5577 spa_approx_errlog_size(spa
));
5579 if (spa_suspended(spa
)) {
5580 fnvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5581 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED
,
5583 fnvlist_add_uint64(*config
,
5584 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED_REASON
,
5585 spa
->spa_suspended
);
5588 spa_add_spares(spa
, *config
);
5589 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, *config
);
5590 spa_add_feature_stats(spa
, *config
);
5595 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
5596 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
5600 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5601 spa
= spa_lookup(name
);
5603 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5607 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5609 spa_altroot(spa
, altroot
, buflen
);
5614 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
5615 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
5622 * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed. We must have an
5623 * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev. If this is an
5624 * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
5625 * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
5628 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
,
5629 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, const char *config
, uint64_t version
,
5630 vdev_labeltype_t label
)
5637 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5640 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
5642 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
, &dev
, &ndev
) != 0)
5646 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
5649 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
5652 if (spa_version(spa
) < version
)
5653 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5656 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
5659 sav
->sav_pending
= dev
;
5660 sav
->sav_npending
= ndev
;
5662 for (i
= 0; i
< ndev
; i
++) {
5663 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, dev
[i
], NULL
, 0,
5667 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
5669 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5675 if ((error
= vdev_open(vd
)) == 0 &&
5676 (error
= vdev_label_init(vd
, crtxg
, label
)) == 0) {
5677 fnvlist_add_uint64(dev
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
5684 (mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE
&& mode
!= VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE
))
5691 sav
->sav_pending
= NULL
;
5692 sav
->sav_npending
= 0;
5697 spa_validate_aux(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, uint64_t crtxg
, int mode
)
5701 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == SCL_ALL
);
5703 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5704 &spa
->spa_spares
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, SPA_VERSION_SPARES
,
5705 VDEV_LABEL_SPARE
)) != 0) {
5709 return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa
, nvroot
, crtxg
, mode
,
5710 &spa
->spa_l2cache
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE
,
5711 VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE
));
5715 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, nvlist_t
**devs
, int ndevs
,
5720 if (sav
->sav_config
!= NULL
) {
5726 * Generate new dev list by concatenating with the
5729 VERIFY0(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5730 &olddevs
, &oldndevs
));
5732 newdevs
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
5733 (ndevs
+ oldndevs
), KM_SLEEP
);
5734 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
; i
++)
5735 newdevs
[i
] = fnvlist_dup(olddevs
[i
]);
5736 for (i
= 0; i
< ndevs
; i
++)
5737 newdevs
[i
+ oldndevs
] = fnvlist_dup(devs
[i
]);
5739 fnvlist_remove(sav
->sav_config
, config
);
5741 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5742 (const nvlist_t
* const *)newdevs
, ndevs
+ oldndevs
);
5743 for (i
= 0; i
< oldndevs
+ ndevs
; i
++)
5744 nvlist_free(newdevs
[i
]);
5745 kmem_free(newdevs
, (oldndevs
+ ndevs
) * sizeof (void *));
5748 * Generate a new dev list.
5750 sav
->sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
5751 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav
->sav_config
, config
,
5752 (const nvlist_t
* const *)devs
, ndevs
);
5757 * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
5760 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t
*spa
)
5764 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_l2cache
;
5766 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
5769 vd
= sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
];
5772 if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd
->vdev_guid
, &pool
) &&
5773 pool
!= 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd
))
5774 l2arc_remove_vdev(vd
);
5779 * Verify encryption parameters for spa creation. If we are encrypting, we must
5780 * have the encryption feature flag enabled.
5783 spa_create_check_encryption_params(dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
,
5784 boolean_t has_encryption
)
5786 if (dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_OFF
&&
5787 dcp
->cp_crypt
!= ZIO_CRYPT_INHERIT
&&
5789 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
5791 return (dmu_objset_create_crypt_check(NULL
, dcp
, NULL
));
5798 spa_create(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, nvlist_t
*props
,
5799 nvlist_t
*zplprops
, dsl_crypto_params_t
*dcp
)
5802 const char *altroot
= NULL
;
5807 uint64_t txg
= TXG_INITIAL
;
5808 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
5809 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
5810 uint64_t version
, obj
, ndraid
= 0;
5811 boolean_t has_features
;
5812 boolean_t has_encryption
;
5813 boolean_t has_allocclass
;
5815 const char *feat_name
;
5816 const char *poolname
;
5819 if (props
== NULL
||
5820 nvlist_lookup_string(props
, "tname", &poolname
) != 0)
5821 poolname
= (char *)pool
;
5824 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
5826 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5827 if (spa_lookup(poolname
) != NULL
) {
5828 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5829 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
5833 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
5835 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
5836 fnvlist_add_string(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, pool
);
5837 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
5838 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
5839 spa
= spa_add(poolname
, nvl
, altroot
);
5841 spa_activate(spa
, spa_mode_global
);
5843 if (props
&& (error
= spa_prop_validate(spa
, props
))) {
5844 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5846 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5851 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
5853 if (poolname
!= pool
)
5854 spa
->spa_import_flags
|= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME
;
5856 has_features
= B_FALSE
;
5857 has_encryption
= B_FALSE
;
5858 has_allocclass
= B_FALSE
;
5859 for (nvpair_t
*elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, NULL
);
5860 elem
!= NULL
; elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(props
, elem
)) {
5861 if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
5862 has_features
= B_TRUE
;
5864 feat_name
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
5865 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(feat_name
, &feat
));
5866 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ENCRYPTION
)
5867 has_encryption
= B_TRUE
;
5868 if (feat
== SPA_FEATURE_ALLOCATION_CLASSES
)
5869 has_allocclass
= B_TRUE
;
5873 /* verify encryption params, if they were provided */
5875 error
= spa_create_check_encryption_params(dcp
, has_encryption
);
5877 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5879 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5883 if (!has_allocclass
&& zfs_special_devs(nvroot
, NULL
)) {
5884 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5886 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5890 if (has_features
|| nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
5891 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
), &version
) != 0) {
5892 version
= SPA_VERSION
;
5894 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
5896 spa
->spa_first_txg
= txg
;
5897 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_txg
= txg
- 1;
5898 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
5899 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
5900 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_CREATE
;
5901 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
= DSS_NONE
;
5902 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_removing_vdev
= -1;
5903 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
= -1;
5904 spa
->spa_indirect_vdevs_loaded
= B_TRUE
;
5907 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
5909 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
= kmem_alloc(max_ncpus
* sizeof (void *),
5911 for (int i
= 0; i
< max_ncpus
; i
++) {
5912 spa
->spa_async_zio_root
[i
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
5913 ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL
| ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE
|
5914 ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER
);
5918 * Create the root vdev.
5920 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5922 error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &rvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
);
5924 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || rvd
!= NULL
);
5925 ASSERT(error
!= 0 || spa
->spa_root_vdev
== rvd
);
5927 if (error
== 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot
))
5928 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
5931 (error
= vdev_create(rvd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) == 0 &&
5932 (error
= vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot
, rvd
, &ndraid
, 0)) == 0 &&
5933 (error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) == 0) {
5935 * instantiate the metaslab groups (this will dirty the vdevs)
5936 * we can no longer error exit past this point
5938 for (int c
= 0; error
== 0 && c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
5939 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
5941 vdev_metaslab_set_size(vd
);
5942 vdev_expand(vd
, txg
);
5946 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5950 spa_deactivate(spa
);
5952 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
5957 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
5959 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
5960 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
5961 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
5962 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
5963 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
,
5965 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5966 spa_load_spares(spa
);
5967 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5968 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5972 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
5974 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
5975 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
5976 VERIFY0(nvlist_alloc(&spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5977 NV_UNIQUE_NAME
, KM_SLEEP
));
5978 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
5979 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
,
5981 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
5982 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
5983 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
5984 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
5987 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_TRUE
;
5988 spa
->spa_dsl_pool
= dp
= dsl_pool_create(spa
, zplprops
, dcp
, txg
);
5989 spa
->spa_is_initializing
= B_FALSE
;
5992 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
5996 * Create BRT table and BRT table object.
6000 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
6002 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
6005 * Create the pool's history object.
6007 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY
&& !spa
->spa_history
)
6008 spa_history_create_obj(spa
, tx
);
6010 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE
);
6011 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "create", tx
);
6014 * Create the pool config object.
6016 spa
->spa_config_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
6017 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
,
6018 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
, sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
6020 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
6021 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CONFIG
,
6022 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_config_object
, tx
) != 0) {
6023 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool config");
6026 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
6027 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION
,
6028 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version
, tx
) != 0) {
6029 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add pool version");
6032 /* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
6033 if (version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
6034 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
6035 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
6036 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
6037 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
) != 0) {
6038 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add deflate");
6043 * Create the deferred-free bpobj. Turn off compression
6044 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
6047 obj
= bpobj_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, 1 << 14, tx
);
6048 dmu_object_set_compress(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
,
6049 ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF
, tx
);
6050 if (zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
6051 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ
,
6052 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj
, tx
) != 0) {
6053 cmn_err(CE_PANIC
, "failed to add bpobj");
6055 VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
6056 spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
));
6059 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
6061 (void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
,
6062 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
));
6065 * Set pool properties.
6067 spa
->spa_bootfs
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
);
6068 spa
->spa_delegation
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
);
6069 spa
->spa_failmode
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
);
6070 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
);
6071 spa
->spa_multihost
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
);
6072 spa
->spa_autotrim
= zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
);
6074 if (props
!= NULL
) {
6075 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6076 spa_sync_props(props
, tx
);
6079 for (int i
= 0; i
< ndraid
; i
++)
6080 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID
, tx
);
6084 spa
->spa_sync_on
= B_TRUE
;
6086 mmp_thread_start(spa
);
6087 txg_wait_synced(dp
, txg
);
6089 spa_spawn_aux_threads(spa
);
6091 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
);
6094 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
6095 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
6097 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6098 spa
->spa_minref
= zfs_refcount_count(&spa
->spa_refcount
);
6099 spa
->spa_load_state
= SPA_LOAD_NONE
;
6103 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6109 * Import a non-root pool into the system.
6112 spa_import(char *pool
, nvlist_t
*config
, nvlist_t
*props
, uint64_t flags
)
6115 const char *altroot
= NULL
;
6116 spa_load_state_t state
= SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
;
6117 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6118 spa_mode_t mode
= spa_mode_global
;
6119 uint64_t readonly
= B_FALSE
;
6122 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6123 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6126 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
6128 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6129 if (spa_lookup(pool
) != NULL
) {
6130 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6131 return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST
));
6135 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6137 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
6138 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
6139 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props
,
6140 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
), &readonly
);
6142 mode
= SPA_MODE_READ
;
6143 spa
= spa_add(pool
, config
, altroot
);
6144 spa
->spa_import_flags
= flags
;
6147 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
6148 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
6150 if (spa
->spa_import_flags
& ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM
) {
6152 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6154 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_FALSE
, B_TRUE
, B_FALSE
);
6155 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6156 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: verbatim import of %s", pool
);
6157 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6161 spa_activate(spa
, mode
);
6164 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
6166 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6168 zpool_get_load_policy(config
, &policy
);
6169 if (policy
.zlp_rewind
& ZPOOL_DO_REWIND
)
6170 state
= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
;
6172 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_TRYIMPORT
;
6174 if (state
!= SPA_LOAD_RECOVER
) {
6175 spa
->spa_last_ubsync_txg
= spa
->spa_load_txg
= 0;
6176 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s", pool
);
6178 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_import: importing %s, max_txg=%lld "
6179 "(RECOVERY MODE)", pool
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6181 error
= spa_load_best(spa
, state
, policy
.zlp_txg
, policy
.zlp_rewind
);
6184 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
6185 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
6187 fnvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
, spa
->spa_load_info
);
6189 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6191 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
6192 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
6194 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
) {
6195 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
);
6196 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6197 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6199 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
) {
6200 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
);
6201 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= NULL
;
6202 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6205 nvroot
= fnvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
);
6206 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6209 spa_configfile_set(spa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
6211 if (error
!= 0 || (props
&& spa_writeable(spa
) &&
6212 (error
= spa_prop_set(spa
, props
)))) {
6214 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6216 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6220 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6223 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
6224 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
6226 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
,
6227 &spares
, &nspares
) == 0) {
6228 if (spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
)
6229 fnvlist_remove(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6230 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
6232 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
6233 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_spares
.sav_config
,
6234 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)spares
,
6236 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6237 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6238 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6239 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6241 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
,
6242 &l2cache
, &nl2cache
) == 0) {
6243 if (spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
)
6244 fnvlist_remove(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6245 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
6247 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
= fnvlist_alloc();
6248 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_config
,
6249 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, (const nvlist_t
* const *)l2cache
,
6251 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6252 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6253 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6254 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6258 * Check for any removed devices.
6260 if (spa
->spa_autoreplace
) {
6261 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_spares
);
6262 spa_aux_check_removed(&spa
->spa_l2cache
);
6265 if (spa_writeable(spa
)) {
6267 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
6269 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6273 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
6274 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
6276 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
6278 spa_history_log_version(spa
, "import", NULL
);
6280 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT
);
6282 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6284 zvol_create_minors_recursive(pool
);
6292 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t
*tryconfig
)
6294 nvlist_t
*config
= NULL
;
6295 const char *poolname
, *cachefile
;
6299 zpool_load_policy_t policy
;
6301 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, &poolname
))
6304 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, &state
))
6308 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
6310 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6311 spa
= spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME
, tryconfig
, NULL
);
6312 spa_activate(spa
, SPA_MODE_READ
);
6315 * Rewind pool if a max txg was provided.
6317 zpool_get_load_policy(spa
->spa_config
, &policy
);
6318 if (policy
.zlp_txg
!= UINT64_MAX
) {
6319 spa
->spa_load_max_txg
= policy
.zlp_txg
;
6320 spa
->spa_extreme_rewind
= B_TRUE
;
6321 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s, max_txg=%lld",
6322 poolname
, (longlong_t
)policy
.zlp_txg
);
6324 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: importing %s", poolname
);
6327 if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CACHEFILE
, &cachefile
)
6329 zfs_dbgmsg("spa_tryimport: using cachefile '%s'", cachefile
);
6330 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_CACHEFILE
;
6332 spa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SCAN
;
6335 error
= spa_load(spa
, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING
);
6338 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
6340 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
6341 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, NULL
, -1ULL, B_TRUE
);
6342 fnvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, poolname
);
6343 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
, state
);
6344 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP
,
6345 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_timestamp
);
6346 fnvlist_add_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO
,
6347 spa
->spa_load_info
);
6348 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRATA
,
6352 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
6353 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
6354 * pools are bootable.
6356 if ((!error
|| error
== EEXIST
) && spa
->spa_bootfs
) {
6357 char *tmpname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6360 * We have to play games with the name since the
6361 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
6363 if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa
),
6364 spa
->spa_bootfs
, tmpname
) == 0) {
6368 dsname
= kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN
, KM_SLEEP
);
6370 cp
= strchr(tmpname
, '/');
6372 (void) strlcpy(dsname
, tmpname
,
6375 (void) snprintf(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
,
6376 "%s/%s", poolname
, ++cp
);
6378 fnvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS
,
6380 kmem_free(dsname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6382 kmem_free(tmpname
, MAXPATHLEN
);
6386 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
6388 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
6389 spa_add_spares(spa
, config
);
6390 spa_add_l2cache(spa
, config
);
6391 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
6395 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6397 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6403 * Pool export/destroy
6405 * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple. We make sure there
6406 * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone. Then, we
6407 * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
6408 * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
6409 * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
6412 spa_export_common(const char *pool
, int new_state
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
,
6413 boolean_t force
, boolean_t hardforce
)
6421 if (!(spa_mode_global
& SPA_MODE_WRITE
))
6422 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
6424 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6425 if ((spa
= spa_lookup(pool
)) == NULL
) {
6426 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6427 return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT
));
6430 if (spa
->spa_is_exporting
) {
6431 /* the pool is being exported by another thread */
6432 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6433 return (SET_ERROR(ZFS_ERR_EXPORT_IN_PROGRESS
));
6435 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_TRUE
;
6438 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
6439 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
6441 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
6442 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6443 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
6444 if (spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
) {
6445 zvol_remove_minors(spa
, spa_name(spa
), B_TRUE
);
6446 taskq_wait(spa
->spa_zvol_taskq
);
6448 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6449 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
6451 if (spa
->spa_state
== POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
)
6454 * The pool will be in core if it's openable, in which case we can
6455 * modify its state. Objsets may be open only because they're dirty,
6456 * so we have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
6458 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6459 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
6460 spa_evicting_os_wait(spa
);
6464 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
6465 * references. If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
6466 * fault injection handlers.
6468 if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa
) || (spa
->spa_inject_ref
!= 0)) {
6469 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
6473 if (spa
->spa_sync_on
) {
6474 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6476 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
6477 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
6478 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
6479 * be forcedly exported.
6481 if (!force
&& new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
&&
6482 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa
)) {
6483 error
= SET_ERROR(EXDEV
);
6488 * We're about to export or destroy this pool. Make sure
6489 * we stop all initialization and trim activity here before
6490 * we set the spa_final_txg. This will ensure that all
6491 * dirty data resulting from the initialization is
6492 * committed to disk before we unload the pool.
6494 vdev_initialize_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
);
6495 vdev_trim_stop_all(rvd
, VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
6496 vdev_autotrim_stop_all(spa
);
6497 vdev_rebuild_stop_all(spa
);
6500 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
6501 * so mark them all dirty. spa_unload() will do the
6502 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
6504 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
6505 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6506 spa
->spa_state
= new_state
;
6507 vdev_config_dirty(rvd
);
6508 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6512 * If the log space map feature is enabled and the pool is
6513 * getting exported (but not destroyed), we want to spend some
6514 * time flushing as many metaslabs as we can in an attempt to
6515 * destroy log space maps and save import time. This has to be
6516 * done before we set the spa_final_txg, otherwise
6517 * spa_sync() -> spa_flush_metaslabs() may dirty the final TXGs.
6518 * spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload() should be called after
6519 * spa_state has been set to the new_state.
6521 if (spa_should_flush_logs_on_unload(spa
))
6522 spa_unload_log_sm_flush_all(spa
);
6524 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
&& !hardforce
) {
6525 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
6526 spa
->spa_final_txg
= spa_last_synced_txg(spa
) +
6528 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
6535 if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
)
6536 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY
);
6537 else if (new_state
== POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
)
6538 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_POOL_EXPORT
);
6540 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6542 spa_deactivate(spa
);
6545 if (oldconfig
&& spa
->spa_config
)
6546 *oldconfig
= fnvlist_dup(spa
->spa_config
);
6548 if (new_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
6550 spa_write_cachefile(spa
, B_TRUE
, B_TRUE
, B_FALSE
);
6554 * If spa_remove() is not called for this spa_t and
6555 * there is any possibility that it can be reused,
6556 * we make sure to reset the exporting flag.
6558 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6561 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6565 spa
->spa_is_exporting
= B_FALSE
;
6566 spa_async_resume(spa
);
6567 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6572 * Destroy a storage pool.
6575 spa_destroy(const char *pool
)
6577 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED
, NULL
,
6582 * Export a storage pool.
6585 spa_export(const char *pool
, nvlist_t
**oldconfig
, boolean_t force
,
6586 boolean_t hardforce
)
6588 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, oldconfig
,
6593 * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
6594 * from the namespace in any way.
6597 spa_reset(const char *pool
)
6599 return (spa_export_common(pool
, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
,
6604 * ==========================================================================
6605 * Device manipulation
6606 * ==========================================================================
6610 * This is called as a synctask to increment the draid feature flag
6613 spa_draid_feature_incr(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
6615 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
6616 int draid
= (int)(uintptr_t)arg
;
6618 for (int c
= 0; c
< draid
; c
++)
6619 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DRAID
, tx
);
6623 * Add a device to a storage pool.
6626 spa_vdev_add(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
)
6628 uint64_t txg
, ndraid
= 0;
6630 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6632 nvlist_t
**spares
, **l2cache
;
6633 uint_t nspares
, nl2cache
;
6635 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6637 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6639 if ((error
= spa_config_parse(spa
, &vd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6640 VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6641 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6643 spa
->spa_pending_vdev
= vd
; /* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
6645 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
,
6649 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &l2cache
,
6653 if (vd
->vdev_children
== 0 && nspares
== 0 && nl2cache
== 0)
6654 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6656 if (vd
->vdev_children
!= 0 &&
6657 (error
= vdev_create(vd
, txg
, B_FALSE
)) != 0) {
6658 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6662 * The virtual dRAID spares must be added after vdev tree is created
6663 * and the vdev guids are generated. The guid of their associated
6664 * dRAID is stored in the config and used when opening the spare.
6666 if ((error
= vdev_draid_spare_create(nvroot
, vd
, &ndraid
,
6667 rvd
->vdev_children
)) == 0) {
6668 if (ndraid
> 0 && nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot
,
6669 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &spares
, &nspares
) != 0)
6672 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6676 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
6677 * children. Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
6679 if ((error
= spa_validate_aux(spa
, nvroot
, txg
, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD
)) != 0)
6680 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, error
));
6683 * If we are in the middle of a device removal, we can only add
6684 * devices which match the existing devices in the pool.
6685 * If we are in the middle of a removal, or have some indirect
6686 * vdevs, we can not add raidz or dRAID top levels.
6688 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
||
6689 spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_prev_indirect_vdev
!= -1) {
6690 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6691 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6692 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
&&
6693 tvd
->vdev_ashift
!= spa
->spa_max_ashift
) {
6694 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6696 /* Fail if top level vdev is raidz or a dRAID */
6697 if (vdev_get_nparity(tvd
) != 0)
6698 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6701 * Need the top level mirror to be
6702 * a mirror of leaf vdevs only
6704 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_mirror_ops
) {
6705 for (uint64_t cid
= 0;
6706 cid
< tvd
->vdev_children
; cid
++) {
6707 vdev_t
*cvd
= tvd
->vdev_child
[cid
];
6708 if (!cvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
6709 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
,
6717 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
6718 tvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
6719 vdev_remove_child(vd
, tvd
);
6720 tvd
->vdev_id
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
6721 vdev_add_child(rvd
, tvd
);
6722 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6726 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_spares
, spares
, nspares
,
6727 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
);
6728 spa_load_spares(spa
);
6729 spa
->spa_spares
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6732 if (nl2cache
!= 0) {
6733 spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa
->spa_l2cache
, l2cache
, nl2cache
,
6734 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
6735 spa_load_l2cache(spa
);
6736 spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_sync
= B_TRUE
;
6740 * We can't increment a feature while holding spa_vdev so we
6741 * have to do it in a synctask.
6746 tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, txg
);
6747 dsl_sync_task_nowait(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, spa_draid_feature_incr
,
6748 (void *)(uintptr_t)ndraid
, tx
);
6753 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
6754 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
6755 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
6756 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
6757 * can't translate. Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
6758 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
6759 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
6761 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
6762 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
6763 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
6765 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
6767 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6768 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
6769 spa_event_notify(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD
);
6770 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
6776 * Attach a device to a mirror. The arguments are the path to any device
6777 * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device. If the path specifies
6778 * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
6780 * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
6781 * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
6782 * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
6783 * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
6784 * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
6785 * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
6786 * is automatically detached.
6788 * If 'rebuild' is specified, then sequential reconstruction (a.ka. rebuild)
6789 * should be performed instead of traditional healing reconstruction. From
6790 * an administrators perspective these are both resilver operations.
6793 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, nvlist_t
*nvroot
, int replacing
,
6796 uint64_t txg
, dtl_max_txg
;
6797 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
6798 vdev_t
*oldvd
, *newvd
, *newrootvd
, *pvd
, *tvd
;
6800 char *oldvdpath
, *newvdpath
;
6804 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
6806 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
6808 oldvd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
6810 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
6811 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
6812 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
6813 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
6814 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
6818 if (!spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_DEVICE_REBUILD
))
6819 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6821 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)))
6822 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6823 ZFS_ERR_RESILVER_IN_PROGRESS
));
6825 if (vdev_rebuild_active(rvd
))
6826 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
,
6827 ZFS_ERR_REBUILD_IN_PROGRESS
));
6830 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
)
6831 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
6834 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
6836 if (!oldvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6837 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6839 pvd
= oldvd
->vdev_parent
;
6841 if (spa_config_parse(spa
, &newrootvd
, nvroot
, NULL
, 0,
6842 VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH
) != 0)
6843 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6845 if (newrootvd
->vdev_children
!= 1)
6846 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6848 newvd
= newrootvd
->vdev_child
[0];
6850 if (!newvd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
6851 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EINVAL
));
6853 if ((error
= vdev_create(newrootvd
, txg
, replacing
)) != 0)
6854 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, error
));
6857 * log, dedup and special vdevs should not be replaced by spares.
6859 if ((oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_alloc_bias
!= VDEV_BIAS_NONE
||
6860 oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_islog
) && newvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6861 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6865 * A dRAID spare can only replace a child of its parent dRAID vdev.
6867 if (newvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_draid_spare_ops
&&
6868 oldvd
->vdev_top
!= vdev_draid_spare_get_parent(newvd
)) {
6869 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6874 * For rebuilds, the top vdev must support reconstruction
6875 * using only space maps. This means the only allowable
6876 * vdevs types are the root vdev, a mirror, or dRAID.
6879 if (pvd
->vdev_top
!= NULL
)
6880 tvd
= pvd
->vdev_top
;
6882 if (tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6883 tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
&&
6884 tvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_draid_ops
) {
6885 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6891 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
6894 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
6895 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_root_ops
)
6896 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6898 pvops
= &vdev_mirror_ops
;
6901 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
6904 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6905 oldvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
6906 !spa_has_spare(spa
, newvd
->vdev_guid
))
6907 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6910 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
6911 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare. Otherwise, we
6912 * want to create a replacing vdev. The user is not allowed to
6913 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
6914 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
6917 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
6918 spa_version(spa
) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE
) {
6919 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6920 } else if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&&
6921 newvd
->vdev_isspare
!= oldvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
6922 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6925 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
)
6926 pvops
= &vdev_spare_ops
;
6928 pvops
= &vdev_replacing_ops
;
6932 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
6934 if (newvd
->vdev_asize
< vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd
))
6935 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, EOVERFLOW
));
6938 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
6939 * than the top-level vdev.
6941 if (newvd
->vdev_ashift
> oldvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
)
6942 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
6945 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
6946 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
6948 if (strcmp(oldvd
->vdev_path
, newvd
->vdev_path
) == 0) {
6949 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
6950 oldvd
->vdev_path
= kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6952 (void) snprintf(oldvd
->vdev_path
, strlen(newvd
->vdev_path
) + 5,
6953 "%s/%s", newvd
->vdev_path
, "old");
6954 if (oldvd
->vdev_devid
!= NULL
) {
6955 spa_strfree(oldvd
->vdev_devid
);
6956 oldvd
->vdev_devid
= NULL
;
6961 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
6962 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
6964 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= pvops
)
6965 pvd
= vdev_add_parent(oldvd
, pvops
);
6967 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6968 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== pvops
);
6969 ASSERT(oldvd
->vdev_parent
== pvd
);
6972 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
6974 vdev_remove_child(newrootvd
, newvd
);
6975 newvd
->vdev_id
= pvd
->vdev_children
;
6976 newvd
->vdev_crtxg
= oldvd
->vdev_crtxg
;
6977 vdev_add_child(pvd
, newvd
);
6980 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
6982 vdev_propagate_state(pvd
);
6984 tvd
= newvd
->vdev_top
;
6985 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_top
== tvd
);
6986 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
6988 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
6991 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
6992 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks. It will propagate upward when
6993 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
6995 dtl_max_txg
= txg
+ TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES
;
6997 vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
,
6998 TXG_INITIAL
, dtl_max_txg
- TXG_INITIAL
);
7000 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
) {
7001 spa_spare_activate(newvd
);
7002 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE
);
7005 oldvdpath
= spa_strdup(oldvd
->vdev_path
);
7006 newvdpath
= spa_strdup(newvd
->vdev_path
);
7007 newvd_isspare
= newvd
->vdev_isspare
;
7010 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
7012 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, newvd
, txg
);
7015 * Schedule the resilver or rebuild to restart in the future. We do
7016 * this to ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
7017 * respective datasets.
7020 newvd
->vdev_rebuild_txg
= txg
;
7024 newvd
->vdev_resilver_txg
= txg
;
7026 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa_get_dsl(spa
)) &&
7027 spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)) {
7028 vdev_defer_resilver(newvd
);
7030 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
,
7035 if (spa
->spa_bootfs
)
7036 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
7038 spa_event_notify(spa
, newvd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH
);
7043 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, newrootvd
, dtl_max_txg
, 0);
7045 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev attach", NULL
,
7046 "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
7047 replacing
&& newvd_isspare
? "spare in" :
7048 replacing
? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath
,
7049 replacing
? "for" : "to", oldvdpath
);
7051 spa_strfree(oldvdpath
);
7052 spa_strfree(newvdpath
);
7058 * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
7060 * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
7061 * is a replacing vdev.
7064 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t pguid
, int replace_done
)
7068 vdev_t
*rvd __maybe_unused
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7069 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *cvd
, *tvd
;
7070 boolean_t unspare
= B_FALSE
;
7071 uint64_t unspare_guid
= 0;
7074 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7076 txg
= spa_vdev_detach_enter(spa
, guid
);
7078 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7081 * Besides being called directly from the userland through the
7082 * ioctl interface, spa_vdev_detach() can be potentially called
7083 * at the end of spa_vdev_resilver_done().
7085 * In the regular case, when we have a checkpoint this shouldn't
7086 * happen as we never empty the DTLs of a vdev during the scrub
7087 * [see comment in dsl_scan_done()]. Thus spa_vdev_resilvering_done()
7088 * should never get here when we have a checkpoint.
7090 * That said, even in a case when we checkpoint the pool exactly
7091 * as spa_vdev_resilver_done() calls this function everything
7092 * should be fine as the resilver will return right away.
7094 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7095 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
7096 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
7097 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
7098 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7102 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENODEV
));
7104 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
7105 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7107 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
7110 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
7111 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
7112 * vdev that's replacing B with C. The user's intent in replacing
7113 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C). If the user decides to cancel
7114 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
7115 * M(A,B). But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
7116 * the replacement of B completes. We would have M(A,C), and then
7117 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
7118 * the user wanted. To prevent this, we make sure that the
7119 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
7120 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
7122 if (pvd
->vdev_guid
!= pguid
&& pguid
!= 0)
7123 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
7126 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
7128 if (replace_done
&& pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
7129 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
7130 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7132 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
||
7133 spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES
);
7136 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
7138 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_replacing_ops
&&
7139 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
&&
7140 pvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_spare_ops
)
7141 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, ENOTSUP
));
7144 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
7145 * we cannot safely detach it.
7147 if (vdev_dtl_required(vd
))
7148 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EBUSY
));
7150 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_children
>= 2);
7153 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
7154 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
7155 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach(). If so, undo that change now.
7157 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
> 0 &&
7158 vd
->vdev_path
!= NULL
) {
7159 size_t len
= strlen(vd
->vdev_path
);
7161 for (int c
= 0; c
< pvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7162 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7164 if (cvd
== vd
|| cvd
->vdev_path
== NULL
)
7167 if (strncmp(cvd
->vdev_path
, vd
->vdev_path
, len
) == 0 &&
7168 strcmp(cvd
->vdev_path
+ len
, "/old") == 0) {
7169 spa_strfree(cvd
->vdev_path
);
7170 cvd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
);
7177 * If we are detaching the original disk from a normal spare, then it
7178 * implies that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed
7179 * from the active spare list for the pool. dRAID spares on the
7180 * other hand are coupled to the pool and thus should never be removed
7181 * from the spares list.
7183 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& vd
->vdev_id
== 0) {
7184 vdev_t
*last_cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7186 if (last_cvd
->vdev_isspare
&&
7187 last_cvd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_draid_spare_ops
) {
7193 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
7194 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
7195 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
7196 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
7197 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
7198 * it's being detached!
7200 (void) vdev_label_init(vd
, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE
);
7203 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
7205 vdev_remove_child(pvd
, vd
);
7206 vdev_compact_children(pvd
);
7209 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
7211 cvd
= pvd
->vdev_child
[pvd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7214 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
7215 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
7216 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
7217 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID. For a similar
7218 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
7219 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
7220 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
7223 ASSERT(cvd
->vdev_isspare
);
7224 spa_spare_remove(cvd
);
7225 unspare_guid
= cvd
->vdev_guid
;
7226 (void) spa_vdev_remove(spa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7227 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_TRUE
;
7231 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
7232 * the parent is no longer needed. Remove it from the tree.
7234 if (pvd
->vdev_children
== 1) {
7235 if (pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
)
7236 cvd
->vdev_unspare
= B_FALSE
;
7237 vdev_remove_parent(cvd
);
7241 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
7242 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
7244 tvd
= cvd
->vdev_top
;
7245 ASSERT(tvd
->vdev_parent
== rvd
);
7248 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
7250 vdev_propagate_state(cvd
);
7253 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
7254 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
7255 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
7256 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
7257 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
7259 if (spa
->spa_autoexpand
) {
7261 vdev_expand(tvd
, txg
);
7264 vdev_config_dirty(tvd
);
7267 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg. vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
7268 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
7269 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
7270 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
7272 vdpath
= spa_strdup(vd
->vdev_path
? vd
->vdev_path
: "none");
7273 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++)
7274 (void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vd
, t
);
7275 vd
->vdev_detached
= B_TRUE
;
7276 vdev_dirty(tvd
, VDD_DTL
, vd
, txg
);
7278 spa_event_notify(spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE
);
7279 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
7281 /* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
7282 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
7284 error
= spa_vdev_exit(spa
, vd
, txg
, 0);
7286 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", NULL
,
7288 spa_strfree(vdpath
);
7291 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
7292 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
7293 * list of every other pool.
7296 spa_t
*altspa
= NULL
;
7298 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7299 while ((altspa
= spa_next(altspa
)) != NULL
) {
7300 if (altspa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
7304 spa_open_ref(altspa
, FTAG
);
7305 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7306 (void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa
, unspare_guid
, B_TRUE
);
7307 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7308 spa_close(altspa
, FTAG
);
7310 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7312 /* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
7313 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
7316 /* all done with the spa; OK to release */
7317 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7318 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
7319 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7325 spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7328 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7330 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7332 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7333 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7334 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7335 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7336 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7337 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7338 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7339 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7340 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7341 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7342 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7344 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7345 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7348 * When we activate an initialize action we check to see
7349 * if the vdev_initialize_thread is NULL. We do this instead
7350 * of using the vdev_initialize_state since there might be
7351 * a previous initialization process which has completed but
7352 * the thread is not exited.
7354 if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_START
&&
7355 (vd
->vdev_initialize_thread
!= NULL
||
7356 vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7357 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7358 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7359 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
&&
7360 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
&&
7361 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
)) {
7362 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7363 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7364 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
&&
7365 vd
->vdev_initialize_state
!= VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) {
7366 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7367 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7371 case POOL_INITIALIZE_START
:
7372 vdev_initialize(vd
);
7374 case POOL_INITIALIZE_CANCEL
:
7375 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7377 case POOL_INITIALIZE_SUSPEND
:
7378 vdev_initialize_stop(vd
, VDEV_INITIALIZE_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7381 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7383 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7389 spa_vdev_initialize(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7390 nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7392 int total_errors
= 0;
7395 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7396 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7399 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7400 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7401 * stopping initialization. The config and state locks are held so that
7402 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7403 * the initializing operation.
7405 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7407 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7408 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7409 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7411 int error
= spa_vdev_initialize_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7414 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7416 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7417 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7418 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7423 /* Wait for all initialize threads to stop. */
7424 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7426 /* Sync out the initializing state */
7427 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7428 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7430 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7432 return (total_errors
);
7436 spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, uint64_t cmd_type
,
7437 uint64_t rate
, boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, list_t
*vd_list
)
7439 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7441 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
7443 /* Look up vdev and ensure it's a leaf. */
7444 vdev_t
*vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
7445 if (vd
== NULL
|| vd
->vdev_detached
) {
7446 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7447 return (SET_ERROR(ENODEV
));
7448 } else if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| !vdev_is_concrete(vd
)) {
7449 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7450 return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL
));
7451 } else if (!vdev_writeable(vd
)) {
7452 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7453 return (SET_ERROR(EROFS
));
7454 } else if (!vd
->vdev_has_trim
) {
7455 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7456 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7457 } else if (secure
&& !vd
->vdev_has_securetrim
) {
7458 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7459 return (SET_ERROR(EOPNOTSUPP
));
7461 mutex_enter(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7462 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
7465 * When we activate a TRIM action we check to see if the
7466 * vdev_trim_thread is NULL. We do this instead of using the
7467 * vdev_trim_state since there might be a previous TRIM process
7468 * which has completed but the thread is not exited.
7470 if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_START
&&
7471 (vd
->vdev_trim_thread
!= NULL
|| vd
->vdev_top
->vdev_removing
)) {
7472 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7473 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
7474 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
&&
7475 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
&&
7476 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
)) {
7477 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7478 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7479 } else if (cmd_type
== POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
&&
7480 vd
->vdev_trim_state
!= VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
) {
7481 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7482 return (SET_ERROR(ESRCH
));
7486 case POOL_TRIM_START
:
7487 vdev_trim(vd
, rate
, partial
, secure
);
7489 case POOL_TRIM_CANCEL
:
7490 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_CANCELED
, vd_list
);
7492 case POOL_TRIM_SUSPEND
:
7493 vdev_trim_stop(vd
, VDEV_TRIM_SUSPENDED
, vd_list
);
7496 panic("invalid cmd_type %llu", (unsigned long long)cmd_type
);
7498 mutex_exit(&vd
->vdev_trim_lock
);
7504 * Initiates a manual TRIM for the requested vdevs. This kicks off individual
7505 * TRIM threads for each child vdev. These threads pass over all of the free
7506 * space in the vdev's metaslabs and issues TRIM commands for that space.
7509 spa_vdev_trim(spa_t
*spa
, nvlist_t
*nv
, uint64_t cmd_type
, uint64_t rate
,
7510 boolean_t partial
, boolean_t secure
, nvlist_t
*vdev_errlist
)
7512 int total_errors
= 0;
7515 list_create(&vd_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7516 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7519 * We hold the namespace lock through the whole function
7520 * to prevent any changes to the pool while we're starting or
7521 * stopping TRIM. The config and state locks are held so that
7522 * we can properly assess the vdev state before we commit to
7523 * the TRIM operation.
7525 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7527 for (nvpair_t
*pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, NULL
);
7528 pair
!= NULL
; pair
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nv
, pair
)) {
7529 uint64_t vdev_guid
= fnvpair_value_uint64(pair
);
7531 int error
= spa_vdev_trim_impl(spa
, vdev_guid
, cmd_type
,
7532 rate
, partial
, secure
, &vd_list
);
7534 char guid_as_str
[MAXNAMELEN
];
7536 (void) snprintf(guid_as_str
, sizeof (guid_as_str
),
7537 "%llu", (unsigned long long)vdev_guid
);
7538 fnvlist_add_int64(vdev_errlist
, guid_as_str
, error
);
7543 /* Wait for all TRIM threads to stop. */
7544 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_list
);
7546 /* Sync out the TRIM state */
7547 txg_wait_synced(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, 0);
7548 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
7550 list_destroy(&vd_list
);
7552 return (total_errors
);
7556 * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
7559 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t
*spa
, const char *newname
, nvlist_t
*config
,
7560 nvlist_t
*props
, boolean_t exp
)
7563 uint64_t txg
, *glist
;
7565 uint_t c
, children
, lastlog
;
7566 nvlist_t
**child
, *nvl
, *tmp
;
7568 const char *altroot
= NULL
;
7569 vdev_t
*rvd
, **vml
= NULL
; /* vdev modify list */
7570 boolean_t activate_slog
;
7572 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
7574 txg
= spa_vdev_enter(spa
);
7576 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock
));
7577 if (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
)) {
7578 error
= (spa_has_checkpoint(spa
)) ?
7579 ZFS_ERR_CHECKPOINT_EXISTS
: ZFS_ERR_DISCARDING_CHECKPOINT
;
7580 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7583 /* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
7584 activate_slog
= spa_passivate_log(spa
);
7585 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7586 error
= spa_reset_logs(spa
);
7587 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7590 spa_activate_log(spa
);
7593 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7595 /* check new spa name before going any further */
7596 if (spa_lookup(newname
) != NULL
)
7597 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EEXIST
));
7600 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
7602 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE
, &nvl
) != 0 ||
7603 nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN
, &child
,
7605 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7607 /* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
7608 rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
7610 for (c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7611 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
7613 /* don't count the holes & logs as children */
7614 if (vd
->vdev_islog
|| (vd
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
&&
7615 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))) {
7623 if (children
!= (lastlog
!= 0 ? lastlog
: rvd
->vdev_children
))
7624 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7626 /* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
7627 if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, &tmp
) == 0 ||
7628 nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, &tmp
) == 0)
7629 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, EINVAL
));
7631 vml
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*), KM_SLEEP
);
7632 glist
= kmem_zalloc(children
* sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP
);
7634 /* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
7635 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7636 uint64_t is_hole
= 0;
7638 (void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE
,
7642 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ishole
||
7643 spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_islog
) {
7646 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7651 /* deal with indirect vdevs */
7652 if (spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_ops
==
7656 /* which disk is going to be split? */
7657 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
7659 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7663 /* look it up in the spa */
7664 vml
[c
] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, glist
[c
], B_FALSE
);
7665 if (vml
[c
] == NULL
) {
7666 error
= SET_ERROR(ENODEV
);
7670 /* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
7671 if (vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_mirror_ops
||
7672 vml
[c
]->vdev_islog
||
7673 !vdev_is_concrete(vml
[c
]) ||
7674 vml
[c
]->vdev_isspare
||
7675 vml
[c
]->vdev_isl2cache
||
7676 !vdev_writeable(vml
[c
]) ||
7677 vml
[c
]->vdev_children
!= 0 ||
7678 vml
[c
]->vdev_state
!= VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY
||
7679 c
!= spa
->spa_root_vdev
->vdev_child
[c
]->vdev_id
) {
7680 error
= SET_ERROR(EINVAL
);
7684 if (vdev_dtl_required(vml
[c
]) ||
7685 vdev_resilver_needed(vml
[c
], NULL
, NULL
)) {
7686 error
= SET_ERROR(EBUSY
);
7690 /* we need certain info from the top level */
7691 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY
,
7692 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_array
);
7693 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT
,
7694 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ms_shift
);
7695 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE
,
7696 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_asize
);
7697 fnvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT
,
7698 vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_ashift
);
7700 /* transfer per-vdev ZAPs */
7701 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
, !=, 0);
7702 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7703 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_LEAF_ZAP
, vml
[c
]->vdev_leaf_zap
));
7705 ASSERT3U(vml
[c
]->vdev_top
->vdev_top_zap
, !=, 0);
7706 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_uint64(child
[c
],
7707 ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TOP_ZAP
,
7708 vml
[c
]->vdev_parent
->vdev_top_zap
));
7712 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7713 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7714 return (spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
));
7717 /* stop writers from using the disks */
7718 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7720 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_TRUE
;
7722 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7725 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config. This
7726 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
7728 nvl
= fnvlist_alloc();
7729 fnvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST
, glist
, children
);
7730 kmem_free(glist
, children
* sizeof (uint64_t));
7732 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7733 fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa
->spa_config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT
, nvl
);
7734 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
7735 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= nvl
;
7736 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7738 /* configure and create the new pool */
7739 fnvlist_add_string(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME
, newname
);
7740 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE
,
7741 exp
? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
: POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
);
7742 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
, spa_version(spa
));
7743 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG
, spa
->spa_config_txg
);
7744 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID
,
7745 spa_generate_guid(NULL
));
7746 VERIFY0(nvlist_add_boolean(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HAS_PER_VDEV_ZAPS
));
7747 (void) nvlist_lookup_string(props
,
7748 zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
), &altroot
);
7750 /* add the new pool to the namespace */
7751 newspa
= spa_add(newname
, config
, altroot
);
7752 newspa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7753 newspa
->spa_config_txg
= spa
->spa_config_txg
;
7754 spa_set_log_state(newspa
, SPA_LOG_CLEAR
);
7756 /* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
7757 spa_vdev_config_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7759 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7760 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 1);
7762 spa_activate(newspa
, spa_mode_global
);
7763 spa_async_suspend(newspa
);
7766 * Temporarily stop the initializing and TRIM activity. We set the
7767 * state to ACTIVE so that we know to resume initializing or TRIM
7768 * once the split has completed.
7770 list_t vd_initialize_list
;
7771 list_create(&vd_initialize_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7772 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_initialize_node
));
7774 list_t vd_trim_list
;
7775 list_create(&vd_trim_list
, sizeof (vdev_t
),
7776 offsetof(vdev_t
, vdev_trim_node
));
7778 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7779 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7780 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7781 vdev_initialize_stop(vml
[c
],
7782 VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7783 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_initialize_lock
);
7785 mutex_enter(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7786 vdev_trim_stop(vml
[c
], VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
, &vd_trim_list
);
7787 mutex_exit(&vml
[c
]->vdev_trim_lock
);
7791 vdev_initialize_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_initialize_list
);
7792 vdev_trim_stop_wait(spa
, &vd_trim_list
);
7794 list_destroy(&vd_initialize_list
);
7795 list_destroy(&vd_trim_list
);
7797 newspa
->spa_config_source
= SPA_CONFIG_SRC_SPLIT
;
7798 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_TRUE
;
7800 /* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
7801 error
= spa_load(newspa
, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT
, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE
);
7805 /* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
7806 if (newspa
->spa_root_vdev
!= NULL
) {
7807 newspa
->spa_config_splitting
= fnvlist_alloc();
7808 fnvlist_add_uint64(newspa
->spa_config_splitting
,
7809 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID
, spa_guid(spa
));
7810 spa_config_set(newspa
, spa_config_generate(newspa
, NULL
, -1ULL,
7815 if (props
!= NULL
) {
7816 spa_configfile_set(newspa
, props
, B_FALSE
);
7817 error
= spa_prop_set(newspa
, props
);
7822 /* flush everything */
7823 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa
);
7824 vdev_config_dirty(newspa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7825 (void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa
, NULL
, txg
, 0, FTAG
);
7827 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7828 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 2);
7830 spa_async_resume(newspa
);
7832 /* finally, update the original pool's config */
7833 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7834 tx
= dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa
)->dp_mos_dir
);
7835 error
= dmu_tx_assign(tx
, TXG_WAIT
);
7838 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7839 if (vml
[c
] != NULL
&& vml
[c
]->vdev_ops
!= &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
7840 vdev_t
*tvd
= vml
[c
]->vdev_top
;
7843 * Need to be sure the detachable VDEV is not
7844 * on any *other* txg's DTL list to prevent it
7845 * from being accessed after it's freed.
7847 for (int t
= 0; t
< TXG_SIZE
; t
++) {
7848 (void) txg_list_remove_this(
7849 &tvd
->vdev_dtl_list
, vml
[c
], t
);
7854 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "detach", tx
,
7855 "vdev=%s", vml
[c
]->vdev_path
);
7860 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
;
7861 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7862 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7866 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, 0);
7868 if (zio_injection_enabled
)
7869 zio_handle_panic_injection(spa
, FTAG
, 3);
7871 /* split is complete; log a history record */
7872 spa_history_log_internal(newspa
, "split", NULL
,
7873 "from pool %s", spa_name(spa
));
7875 newspa
->spa_is_splitting
= B_FALSE
;
7876 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7878 /* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
7880 error
= spa_export_common(newname
, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED
, NULL
,
7887 spa_deactivate(newspa
);
7890 txg
= spa_vdev_config_enter(spa
);
7892 /* re-online all offlined disks */
7893 for (c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
7895 vml
[c
]->vdev_offline
= B_FALSE
;
7898 /* restart initializing or trimming disks as necessary */
7899 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
);
7900 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
);
7901 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
7903 vdev_reopen(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
7905 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_splitting
);
7906 spa
->spa_config_splitting
= NULL
;
7907 (void) spa_vdev_exit(spa
, NULL
, txg
, error
);
7909 kmem_free(vml
, children
* sizeof (vdev_t
*));
7914 * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
7915 * currently spared, so we can detach it.
7918 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t
*vd
)
7920 vdev_t
*newvd
, *oldvd
;
7922 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
7923 oldvd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
7929 * Check for a completed replacement. We always consider the first
7930 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
7931 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works). In
7932 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
7933 * remove it after a resilver completes. This is OK as it will require
7934 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
7936 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
) {
7937 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_children
> 1);
7939 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7940 oldvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7942 if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7943 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7944 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7949 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
7950 * Also potentially update faulted state.
7952 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
) {
7953 vdev_t
*first
= vd
->vdev_child
[0];
7954 vdev_t
*last
= vd
->vdev_child
[vd
->vdev_children
- 1];
7956 if (last
->vdev_unspare
) {
7959 } else if (first
->vdev_unspare
) {
7966 if (oldvd
!= NULL
&&
7967 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7968 vdev_dtl_empty(newvd
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7969 !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd
))
7972 vdev_propagate_state(vd
);
7975 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
7976 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
7977 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
7978 * by other pools. Once we're back down to a single
7979 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
7981 if (vd
->vdev_children
> 2) {
7982 newvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[1];
7984 if (newvd
->vdev_isspare
&& last
->vdev_isspare
&&
7985 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_MISSING
) &&
7986 vdev_dtl_empty(last
, DTL_OUTAGE
) &&
7987 !vdev_dtl_required(newvd
))
7996 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t
*spa
)
7998 vdev_t
*vd
, *pvd
, *ppvd
;
7999 uint64_t guid
, sguid
, pguid
, ppguid
;
8001 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
8003 while ((vd
= spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)) != NULL
) {
8004 pvd
= vd
->vdev_parent
;
8005 ppvd
= pvd
->vdev_parent
;
8006 guid
= vd
->vdev_guid
;
8007 pguid
= pvd
->vdev_guid
;
8008 ppguid
= ppvd
->vdev_guid
;
8011 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
8012 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
8015 if (ppvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_spare_ops
&& pvd
->vdev_id
== 0 &&
8016 ppvd
->vdev_children
== 2) {
8017 ASSERT(pvd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_replacing_ops
);
8018 sguid
= ppvd
->vdev_child
[1]->vdev_guid
;
8020 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_resilver_txg
== 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd
));
8022 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
8023 if (spa_vdev_detach(spa
, guid
, pguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
8025 if (sguid
&& spa_vdev_detach(spa
, sguid
, ppguid
, B_TRUE
) != 0)
8027 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
8030 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
8033 * If a detach was not performed above replace waiters will not have
8034 * been notified. In which case we must do so now.
8036 spa_notify_waiters(spa
);
8040 * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
8043 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *value
,
8047 boolean_t sync
= B_FALSE
;
8049 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
8051 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
);
8053 if ((vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_TRUE
)) == NULL
)
8054 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOENT
));
8056 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
)
8057 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, ENOTSUP
));
8060 if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_path
) != 0) {
8061 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_path
);
8062 vd
->vdev_path
= spa_strdup(value
);
8066 if (vd
->vdev_fru
== NULL
) {
8067 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
8069 } else if (strcmp(value
, vd
->vdev_fru
) != 0) {
8070 spa_strfree(vd
->vdev_fru
);
8071 vd
->vdev_fru
= spa_strdup(value
);
8076 return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, sync
? vd
: NULL
, 0));
8080 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newpath
)
8082 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newpath
, B_TRUE
));
8086 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, const char *newfru
)
8088 return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa
, guid
, newfru
, B_FALSE
));
8092 * ==========================================================================
8094 * ==========================================================================
8097 spa_scrub_pause_resume(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scrub_cmd_t cmd
)
8099 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
8101 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
8102 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
8104 return (dsl_scrub_set_pause_resume(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, cmd
));
8108 spa_scan_stop(spa_t
*spa
)
8110 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
8111 if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
))
8112 return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY
));
8113 return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
));
8117 spa_scan(spa_t
*spa
, pool_scan_func_t func
)
8119 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_ALL
, RW_WRITER
) == 0);
8121 if (func
>= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS
|| func
== POOL_SCAN_NONE
)
8122 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
8124 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
8125 !spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
))
8126 return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP
));
8129 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
8130 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
8132 if (func
== POOL_SCAN_RESILVER
&&
8133 !vdev_resilver_needed(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, NULL
, NULL
)) {
8134 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
);
8138 return (dsl_scan(spa
->spa_dsl_pool
, func
));
8142 * ==========================================================================
8143 * SPA async task processing
8144 * ==========================================================================
8148 spa_async_remove(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8150 if (vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
) {
8151 vd
->vdev_remove_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
8152 vd
->vdev_delayed_close
= B_FALSE
;
8153 vdev_set_state(vd
, B_FALSE
, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED
, VDEV_AUX_NONE
);
8156 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
8157 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
8158 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
8159 * device, all of which is a waste.
8161 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_read_errors
= 0;
8162 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_write_errors
= 0;
8163 vd
->vdev_stat
.vs_checksum_errors
= 0;
8165 vdev_state_dirty(vd
->vdev_top
);
8167 /* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
8168 zfs_post_remove(spa
, vd
);
8171 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
8172 spa_async_remove(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
8176 spa_async_probe(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8178 if (vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
) {
8179 vd
->vdev_probe_wanted
= B_FALSE
;
8180 vdev_reopen(vd
); /* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
8183 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++)
8184 spa_async_probe(spa
, vd
->vdev_child
[c
]);
8188 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
)
8190 if (!spa
->spa_autoexpand
)
8193 for (int c
= 0; c
< vd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
8194 vdev_t
*cvd
= vd
->vdev_child
[c
];
8195 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, cvd
);
8198 if (!vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
|| vd
->vdev_physpath
== NULL
)
8201 spa_event_notify(vd
->vdev_spa
, vd
, NULL
, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND
);
8204 static __attribute__((noreturn
)) void
8205 spa_async_thread(void *arg
)
8207 spa_t
*spa
= (spa_t
*)arg
;
8208 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8211 ASSERT(spa
->spa_sync_on
);
8213 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8214 tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
;
8215 spa
->spa_async_tasks
= 0;
8216 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8219 * See if the config needs to be updated.
8221 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
) {
8222 uint64_t old_space
, new_space
;
8224 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8225 old_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
8226 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
8227 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
8228 old_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(
8229 spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
8231 spa_config_update(spa
, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL
);
8233 new_space
= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa
));
8234 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_special_class(spa
));
8235 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(spa_dedup_class(spa
));
8236 new_space
+= metaslab_class_get_space(
8237 spa_embedded_log_class(spa
));
8238 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8241 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
8242 * then log an internal history event.
8244 if (new_space
!= old_space
) {
8245 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "vdev online", NULL
,
8246 "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
8247 spa_name(spa
), (u_longlong_t
)new_space
,
8248 (u_longlong_t
)(new_space
- old_space
));
8253 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
8255 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE
) {
8256 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8257 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8258 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++)
8259 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
8260 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++)
8261 spa_async_remove(spa
, spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
]);
8262 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8265 if ((tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
) && !spa_suspended(spa
)) {
8266 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8267 spa_async_autoexpand(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8268 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8272 * See if any devices need to be probed.
8274 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_PROBE
) {
8275 spa_vdev_state_enter(spa
, SCL_NONE
);
8276 spa_async_probe(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8277 (void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa
, NULL
, 0);
8281 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
8283 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE
||
8284 tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_REBUILD_DONE
) {
8285 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa
);
8289 * Kick off a resilver.
8291 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER
&&
8292 !vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
) &&
8293 (!dsl_scan_resilvering(dp
) ||
8294 !spa_feature_is_enabled(dp
->dp_spa
, SPA_FEATURE_RESILVER_DEFER
)))
8295 dsl_scan_restart_resilver(dp
, 0);
8297 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_INITIALIZE_RESTART
) {
8298 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8299 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8300 vdev_initialize_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8301 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8302 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8305 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_TRIM_RESTART
) {
8306 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8307 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8308 vdev_trim_restart(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8309 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8310 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8313 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
) {
8314 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8315 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8316 vdev_autotrim_restart(spa
);
8317 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8318 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8322 * Kick off L2 cache whole device TRIM.
8324 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_TRIM
) {
8325 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8326 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8327 vdev_trim_l2arc(spa
);
8328 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
8329 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8333 * Kick off L2 cache rebuilding.
8335 if (tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_L2CACHE_REBUILD
) {
8336 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8337 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8338 l2arc_spa_rebuild_start(spa
);
8339 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_L2ARC
, FTAG
);
8340 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
8344 * Let the world know that we're done.
8346 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8347 spa
->spa_async_thread
= NULL
;
8348 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_async_cv
);
8349 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8354 spa_async_suspend(spa_t
*spa
)
8356 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8357 spa
->spa_async_suspended
++;
8358 while (spa
->spa_async_thread
!= NULL
)
8359 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_async_cv
, &spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8360 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8362 spa_vdev_remove_suspend(spa
);
8364 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8365 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8366 zthr_cancel(condense_thread
);
8368 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8369 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8370 zthr_cancel(discard_thread
);
8372 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8373 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8374 zthr_cancel(ll_delete_thread
);
8376 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8377 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8378 zthr_cancel(ll_condense_thread
);
8382 spa_async_resume(spa_t
*spa
)
8384 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8385 ASSERT(spa
->spa_async_suspended
!= 0);
8386 spa
->spa_async_suspended
--;
8387 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8388 spa_restart_removal(spa
);
8390 zthr_t
*condense_thread
= spa
->spa_condense_zthr
;
8391 if (condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8392 zthr_resume(condense_thread
);
8394 zthr_t
*discard_thread
= spa
->spa_checkpoint_discard_zthr
;
8395 if (discard_thread
!= NULL
)
8396 zthr_resume(discard_thread
);
8398 zthr_t
*ll_delete_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_delete_zthr
;
8399 if (ll_delete_thread
!= NULL
)
8400 zthr_resume(ll_delete_thread
);
8402 zthr_t
*ll_condense_thread
= spa
->spa_livelist_condense_zthr
;
8403 if (ll_condense_thread
!= NULL
)
8404 zthr_resume(ll_condense_thread
);
8408 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t
*spa
)
8410 uint_t non_config_tasks
;
8412 boolean_t config_task_suspended
;
8414 non_config_tasks
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& ~SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8415 config_task
= spa
->spa_async_tasks
& SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
;
8416 if (spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
== 0) {
8417 config_task_suspended
= B_FALSE
;
8419 config_task_suspended
=
8420 (gethrtime() - spa
->spa_ccw_fail_time
) <
8421 ((hrtime_t
)zfs_ccw_retry_interval
* NANOSEC
);
8424 return (non_config_tasks
|| (config_task
&& !config_task_suspended
));
8428 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t
*spa
)
8430 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8431 if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa
) &&
8432 !spa
->spa_async_suspended
&&
8433 spa
->spa_async_thread
== NULL
)
8434 spa
->spa_async_thread
= thread_create(NULL
, 0,
8435 spa_async_thread
, spa
, 0, &p0
, TS_RUN
, maxclsyspri
);
8436 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8440 spa_async_request(spa_t
*spa
, int task
)
8442 zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa
->spa_name
, task
);
8443 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8444 spa
->spa_async_tasks
|= task
;
8445 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_async_lock
);
8449 spa_async_tasks(spa_t
*spa
)
8451 return (spa
->spa_async_tasks
);
8455 * ==========================================================================
8456 * SPA syncing routines
8457 * ==========================================================================
8462 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8466 bpobj_enqueue(bpo
, bp
, bp_freed
, tx
);
8471 bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8473 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_FALSE
, tx
));
8477 bpobj_enqueue_free_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8479 return (bpobj_enqueue_cb(arg
, bp
, B_TRUE
, tx
));
8483 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8487 zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(pio
, pio
->io_spa
, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), bp
,
8493 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg
, const blkptr_t
*bp
, boolean_t bp_freed
,
8497 return (spa_free_sync_cb(arg
, bp
, tx
));
8501 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8502 * amount of time spent syncing frees.
8505 spa_sync_frees(spa_t
*spa
, bplist_t
*bpl
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8507 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8508 bplist_iterate(bpl
, spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
);
8509 VERIFY(zio_wait(zio
) == 0);
8513 * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
8514 * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
8517 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8519 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8524 * If the log space map feature is active, we stop deferring
8525 * frees to the next TXG and therefore running this function
8526 * would be considered a no-op as spa_deferred_bpobj should
8527 * not have any entries.
8529 * That said we run this function anyway (instead of returning
8530 * immediately) for the edge-case scenario where we just
8531 * activated the log space map feature in this TXG but we have
8532 * deferred frees from the previous TXG.
8534 zio_t
*zio
= zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
8535 VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
,
8536 bpobj_spa_free_sync_cb
, zio
, tx
), ==, 0);
8537 VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio
));
8541 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t obj
, nvlist_t
*nv
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8543 char *packed
= NULL
;
8548 VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
) == 0);
8551 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
8552 * information. This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
8553 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
8555 bufsize
= P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize
, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE
);
8556 packed
= vmem_alloc(bufsize
, KM_SLEEP
);
8558 VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv
, &packed
, &nvsize
, NV_ENCODE_XDR
,
8560 memset(packed
+ nvsize
, 0, bufsize
- nvsize
);
8562 dmu_write(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, 0, bufsize
, packed
, tx
);
8564 vmem_free(packed
, bufsize
);
8566 VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, obj
, FTAG
, &db
));
8567 dmu_buf_will_dirty(db
, tx
);
8568 *(uint64_t *)db
->db_data
= nvsize
;
8569 dmu_buf_rele(db
, FTAG
);
8573 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t
*spa
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
,
8574 const char *config
, const char *entry
)
8584 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
8585 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
8586 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
8588 if (sav
->sav_object
== 0) {
8589 sav
->sav_object
= dmu_object_alloc(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8590 DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST
, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE
,
8591 sizeof (uint64_t), tx
);
8592 VERIFY(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8593 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, entry
, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
8594 &sav
->sav_object
, tx
) == 0);
8597 nvroot
= fnvlist_alloc();
8598 if (sav
->sav_count
== 0) {
8599 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
,
8600 (const nvlist_t
* const *)NULL
, 0);
8602 list
= kmem_alloc(sav
->sav_count
*sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP
);
8603 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8604 list
[i
] = vdev_config_generate(spa
, sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
],
8605 B_FALSE
, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE
);
8606 fnvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot
, config
,
8607 (const nvlist_t
* const *)list
, sav
->sav_count
);
8608 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
8609 nvlist_free(list
[i
]);
8610 kmem_free(list
, sav
->sav_count
* sizeof (void *));
8613 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, sav
->sav_object
, nvroot
, tx
);
8614 nvlist_free(nvroot
);
8616 sav
->sav_sync
= B_FALSE
;
8620 * Rebuild spa's all-vdev ZAP from the vdev ZAPs indicated in each vdev_t.
8621 * The all-vdev ZAP must be empty.
8624 spa_avz_build(vdev_t
*vd
, uint64_t avz
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8626 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
8628 if (vd
->vdev_top_zap
!= 0) {
8629 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8630 vd
->vdev_top_zap
, tx
));
8632 if (vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
!= 0) {
8633 VERIFY0(zap_add_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, avz
,
8634 vd
->vdev_leaf_zap
, tx
));
8636 for (uint64_t i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
8637 spa_avz_build(vd
->vdev_child
[i
], avz
, tx
);
8642 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8647 * If the pool is being imported from a pre-per-vdev-ZAP version of ZFS,
8648 * its config may not be dirty but we still need to build per-vdev ZAPs.
8649 * Similarly, if the pool is being assembled (e.g. after a split), we
8650 * need to rebuild the AVZ although the config may not be dirty.
8652 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
) &&
8653 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
)
8656 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
8658 ASSERT(spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_NONE
||
8659 spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_INITIALIZE
||
8660 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
!= 0);
8662 if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_REBUILD
) {
8663 /* Make and build the new AVZ */
8664 uint64_t new_avz
= zap_create(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8665 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_OT_NONE
, 0, tx
);
8666 spa_avz_build(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, new_avz
, tx
);
8668 /* Diff old AVZ with new one */
8672 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8673 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8674 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8675 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8676 uint64_t vdzap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8677 if (zap_lookup_int(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, new_avz
,
8680 * ZAP is listed in old AVZ but not in new one;
8683 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, vdzap
,
8688 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8690 /* Destroy the old AVZ */
8691 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8692 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8694 /* Replace the old AVZ in the dir obj with the new one */
8695 VERIFY0(zap_update(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8696 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
,
8697 sizeof (new_avz
), 1, &new_avz
, tx
));
8699 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= new_avz
;
8700 } else if (spa
->spa_avz_action
== AVZ_ACTION_DESTROY
) {
8704 /* Walk through the AVZ and destroy all listed ZAPs */
8705 for (zap_cursor_init(&zc
, spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8706 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
);
8707 zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc
, &za
) == 0;
8708 zap_cursor_advance(&zc
)) {
8709 uint64_t zap
= za
.za_first_integer
;
8710 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, zap
, tx
));
8713 zap_cursor_fini(&zc
);
8715 /* Destroy and unlink the AVZ itself */
8716 VERIFY0(zap_destroy(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8717 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, tx
));
8718 VERIFY0(zap_remove(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8719 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
));
8720 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= 0;
8723 if (spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
== 0) {
8724 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
= zap_create_link(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
8725 DMU_OTN_ZAP_METADATA
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
8726 DMU_POOL_VDEV_ZAP_MAP
, tx
);
8728 spa
->spa_avz_action
= AVZ_ACTION_NONE
;
8730 /* Create ZAPs for vdevs that don't have them. */
8731 vdev_construct_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, tx
);
8733 config
= spa_config_generate(spa
, spa
->spa_root_vdev
,
8734 dmu_tx_get_txg(tx
), B_FALSE
);
8737 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
8738 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
8740 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
)
8741 fnvlist_add_uint64(config
, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION
,
8742 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
8744 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
8746 nvlist_free(spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
8747 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= config
;
8749 spa_sync_nvlist(spa
, spa
->spa_config_object
, config
, tx
);
8753 spa_sync_version(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8755 uint64_t *versionp
= arg
;
8756 uint64_t version
= *versionp
;
8757 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8760 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
8762 ASSERT(tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
);
8764 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version
));
8765 ASSERT(version
>= spa_version(spa
));
8767 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
8768 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8769 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
, "version=%lld",
8770 (longlong_t
)version
);
8774 * Set zpool properties.
8777 spa_sync_props(void *arg
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8779 nvlist_t
*nvp
= arg
;
8780 spa_t
*spa
= dmu_tx_pool(tx
)->dp_spa
;
8781 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
8782 nvpair_t
*elem
= NULL
;
8784 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8786 while ((elem
= nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp
, elem
))) {
8788 const char *strval
, *fname
;
8790 const char *propname
;
8791 zprop_type_t proptype
;
8794 switch (prop
= zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem
))) {
8795 case ZPOOL_PROP_INVAL
:
8797 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
8799 ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem
)));
8801 fname
= strchr(nvpair_name(elem
), '@') + 1;
8802 VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname
, &fid
));
8804 spa_feature_enable(spa
, fid
, tx
);
8805 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8806 "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem
));
8809 case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION
:
8810 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8812 * The version is synced separately before other
8813 * properties and should be correct by now.
8815 ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa
), >=, intval
);
8818 case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT
:
8820 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
8821 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
8823 ASSERT(spa
->spa_root
!= NULL
);
8826 case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY
:
8827 case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE
:
8829 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persistent
8833 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT
:
8834 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8835 if (spa
->spa_comment
!= NULL
)
8836 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_comment
);
8837 spa
->spa_comment
= spa_strdup(strval
);
8839 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
8840 * so that their labels get updated. We also need to
8841 * update the cache file to keep it in sync with the
8842 * MOS version. It's unnecessary to do this for pool
8843 * creation since the vdev's configuration has already
8846 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
) {
8847 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8848 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
8850 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8851 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8853 case ZPOOL_PROP_COMPATIBILITY
:
8854 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8855 if (spa
->spa_compatibility
!= NULL
)
8856 spa_strfree(spa
->spa_compatibility
);
8857 spa
->spa_compatibility
= spa_strdup(strval
);
8859 * Dirty the configuration on vdevs as above.
8861 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
) {
8862 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
8863 spa_async_request(spa
, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE
);
8866 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8867 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8872 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
8874 if (spa
->spa_pool_props_object
== 0) {
8875 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
=
8876 zap_create_link(mos
, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS
,
8877 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_PROPS
,
8881 /* normalize the property name */
8882 propname
= zpool_prop_to_name(prop
);
8883 proptype
= zpool_prop_get_type(prop
);
8885 if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_STRING
) {
8886 ASSERT(proptype
== PROP_TYPE_STRING
);
8887 strval
= fnvpair_value_string(elem
);
8888 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8889 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8890 1, strlen(strval
) + 1, strval
, tx
));
8891 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8892 "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem
), strval
);
8893 } else if (nvpair_type(elem
) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64
) {
8894 intval
= fnvpair_value_uint64(elem
);
8896 if (proptype
== PROP_TYPE_INDEX
) {
8898 VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
8899 prop
, intval
, &unused
));
8901 VERIFY0(zap_update(mos
,
8902 spa
->spa_pool_props_object
, propname
,
8903 8, 1, &intval
, tx
));
8904 spa_history_log_internal(spa
, "set", tx
,
8905 "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem
),
8906 (longlong_t
)intval
);
8909 case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION
:
8910 spa
->spa_delegation
= intval
;
8912 case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS
:
8913 spa
->spa_bootfs
= intval
;
8915 case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE
:
8916 spa
->spa_failmode
= intval
;
8918 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOTRIM
:
8919 spa
->spa_autotrim
= intval
;
8920 spa_async_request(spa
,
8921 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOTRIM_RESTART
);
8923 case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND
:
8924 spa
->spa_autoexpand
= intval
;
8925 if (tx
->tx_txg
!= TXG_INITIAL
)
8926 spa_async_request(spa
,
8927 SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND
);
8929 case ZPOOL_PROP_MULTIHOST
:
8930 spa
->spa_multihost
= intval
;
8936 ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
8942 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_props_lock
);
8946 * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes. spa_version() does not
8947 * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
8948 * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
8949 * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
8953 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
8955 if (spa_sync_pass(spa
) != 1)
8958 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
8959 rrw_enter(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, RW_WRITER
, FTAG
);
8961 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
&&
8962 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN
) {
8963 dsl_pool_create_origin(dp
, tx
);
8965 /* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
8966 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8969 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
&&
8970 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES
) {
8971 dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp
, tx
);
8974 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
&&
8975 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES
) {
8976 dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp
, tx
);
8978 /* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
8979 spa
->spa_minref
+= 3;
8982 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
&&
8983 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8984 spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa
, tx
);
8988 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
8989 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
8990 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
8991 * this feature active
8993 if (spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES
) {
8994 boolean_t lz4_en
= spa_feature_is_enabled(spa
,
8995 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8996 boolean_t lz4_ac
= spa_feature_is_active(spa
,
8997 SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
);
8999 if (lz4_en
&& !lz4_ac
)
9000 spa_feature_incr(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS
, tx
);
9004 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now. Note that the
9005 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
9006 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
9008 if (zap_contains(spa
->spa_meta_objset
, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
,
9009 DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
) == ENOENT
) {
9010 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9011 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT
, 1,
9012 sizeof (spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
),
9013 spa
->spa_cksum_salt
.zcs_bytes
, tx
));
9016 rrw_exit(&dp
->dp_config_rwlock
, FTAG
);
9020 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vdev_t
*vd
)
9022 vdev_indirect_mapping_t
*vim __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_mapping
;
9023 vdev_indirect_births_t
*vib __maybe_unused
= vd
->vdev_indirect_births
;
9025 if (vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
) {
9026 ASSERT(vim
!= NULL
);
9027 ASSERT(vib
!= NULL
);
9030 uint64_t obsolete_sm_object
= 0;
9031 ASSERT0(vdev_obsolete_sm_object(vd
, &obsolete_sm_object
));
9032 if (obsolete_sm_object
!= 0) {
9033 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
!= NULL
);
9034 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_removing
||
9035 vd
->vdev_ops
== &vdev_indirect_ops
);
9036 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_num_entries(vim
) > 0);
9037 ASSERT(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
) > 0);
9038 ASSERT3U(obsolete_sm_object
, ==,
9039 space_map_object(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
9040 ASSERT3U(vdev_indirect_mapping_bytes_mapped(vim
), >=,
9041 space_map_allocated(vd
->vdev_obsolete_sm
));
9043 ASSERT(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
!= NULL
);
9046 * Since frees / remaps to an indirect vdev can only
9047 * happen in syncing context, the obsolete segments
9048 * tree must be empty when we start syncing.
9050 ASSERT0(range_tree_space(vd
->vdev_obsolete_segments
));
9054 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each top-level's
9055 * async write queue depth in case it changed. The max queue depth will
9056 * not change in the middle of syncing out this txg.
9059 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa_t
*spa
)
9061 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9063 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9064 uint32_t max_queue_depth
= zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active
*
9065 zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct
/ 100;
9066 metaslab_class_t
*normal
= spa_normal_class(spa
);
9067 metaslab_class_t
*special
= spa_special_class(spa
);
9068 metaslab_class_t
*dedup
= spa_dedup_class(spa
);
9070 uint64_t slots_per_allocator
= 0;
9071 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9072 vdev_t
*tvd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9074 metaslab_group_t
*mg
= tvd
->vdev_mg
;
9075 if (mg
== NULL
|| !metaslab_group_initialized(mg
))
9078 metaslab_class_t
*mc
= mg
->mg_class
;
9079 if (mc
!= normal
&& mc
!= special
&& mc
!= dedup
)
9083 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
9084 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
9085 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
9087 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
9088 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(
9089 &(mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_alloc_queue_depth
)));
9091 mg
->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth
= max_queue_depth
;
9093 for (int i
= 0; i
< mg
->mg_allocators
; i
++) {
9094 mg
->mg_allocator
[i
].mga_cur_max_alloc_queue_depth
=
9095 zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
9097 slots_per_allocator
+= zfs_vdev_def_queue_depth
;
9100 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9101 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&normal
->mc_allocator
[i
].
9103 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&special
->mc_allocator
[i
].
9105 ASSERT0(zfs_refcount_count(&dedup
->mc_allocator
[i
].
9107 normal
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9108 slots_per_allocator
;
9109 special
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9110 slots_per_allocator
;
9111 dedup
->mc_allocator
[i
].mca_alloc_max_slots
=
9112 slots_per_allocator
;
9114 normal
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9115 special
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9116 dedup
->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled
= zio_dva_throttle_enabled
;
9120 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9122 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9124 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9125 for (int c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9126 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9127 vdev_indirect_state_sync_verify(vd
);
9129 if (vdev_indirect_should_condense(vd
)) {
9130 spa_condense_indirect_start_sync(vd
, tx
);
9137 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9139 objset_t
*mos
= spa
->spa_meta_objset
;
9140 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9141 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
9142 bplist_t
*free_bpl
= &spa
->spa_free_bplist
[txg
& TXG_MASK
];
9145 int pass
= ++spa
->spa_sync_pass
;
9147 spa_sync_config_object(spa
, tx
);
9148 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_spares
, tx
,
9149 ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES
, DMU_POOL_SPARES
);
9150 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
, tx
,
9151 ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE
, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE
);
9152 spa_errlog_sync(spa
, txg
);
9153 dsl_pool_sync(dp
, txg
);
9155 if (pass
< zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free
||
9156 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_LOG_SPACEMAP
)) {
9158 * If the log space map feature is active we don't
9159 * care about deferred frees and the deferred bpobj
9160 * as the log space map should effectively have the
9161 * same results (i.e. appending only to one object).
9163 spa_sync_frees(spa
, free_bpl
, tx
);
9166 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
9167 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
9169 ASSERT3U(pass
, >, 1);
9170 bplist_iterate(free_bpl
, bpobj_enqueue_alloc_cb
,
9171 &spa
->spa_deferred_bpobj
, tx
);
9176 dsl_scan_sync(dp
, tx
);
9178 spa_sync_upgrades(spa
, tx
);
9180 spa_flush_metaslabs(spa
, tx
);
9183 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
))
9188 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty because we could
9189 * have marked the MOS dirty without updating the uberblock
9190 * (e.g. if we have sync tasks but no dirty user data). We need
9191 * to check the uberblock's rootbp because it is updated if we
9192 * have synced out dirty data (though in this case the MOS will
9193 * most likely also be dirty due to second order effects, we
9194 * don't want to rely on that here).
9197 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_rootbp
.blk_birth
< txg
&&
9198 !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
)) {
9200 * Nothing changed on the first pass, therefore this
9201 * TXG is a no-op. Avoid syncing deferred frees, so
9202 * that we can keep this TXG as a no-op.
9204 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
9205 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
9206 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_sync_tasks
, txg
));
9207 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_early_sync_tasks
, txg
));
9211 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa
, tx
);
9212 } while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos
, txg
));
9216 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock) to
9217 * commit the transaction group.
9219 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few random
9220 * top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the config cache
9221 * (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description). If there *are* dirty
9222 * vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
9225 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa_t
*spa
, dmu_tx_t
*tx
)
9227 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9228 uint64_t txg
= tx
->tx_txg
;
9234 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
9235 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
9237 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9239 if (list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
9240 vdev_t
*svd
[SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
] = { NULL
};
9242 int children
= rvd
->vdev_children
;
9243 int c0
= random_in_range(children
);
9245 for (int c
= 0; c
< children
; c
++) {
9247 rvd
->vdev_child
[(c0
+ c
) % children
];
9249 /* Stop when revisiting the first vdev */
9250 if (c
> 0 && svd
[0] == vd
)
9253 if (vd
->vdev_ms_array
== 0 ||
9255 !vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9258 svd
[svdcount
++] = vd
;
9259 if (svdcount
== SPA_SYNC_MIN_VDEVS
)
9262 error
= vdev_config_sync(svd
, svdcount
, txg
);
9264 error
= vdev_config_sync(rvd
->vdev_child
,
9265 rvd
->vdev_children
, txg
);
9269 spa
->spa_last_synced_guid
= rvd
->vdev_guid
;
9271 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9275 zio_suspend(spa
, NULL
, ZIO_SUSPEND_IOERR
);
9276 zio_resume_wait(spa
);
9281 * Sync the specified transaction group. New blocks may be dirtied as
9282 * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
9285 spa_sync(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t txg
)
9289 VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa
));
9292 * Wait for i/os issued in open context that need to complete
9293 * before this txg syncs.
9295 (void) zio_wait(spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9296 spa
->spa_txg_zio
[txg
& TXG_MASK
] = zio_root(spa
, NULL
, NULL
,
9300 * Now that there can be no more cloning in this transaction group,
9301 * but we are still before issuing frees, we can process pending BRT
9304 brt_pending_apply(spa
, txg
);
9307 * Lock out configuration changes.
9309 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9311 spa
->spa_syncing_txg
= txg
;
9312 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9314 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9315 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9316 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_tree
));
9317 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9321 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
9322 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
9324 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9325 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
)) != NULL
) {
9326 /* Avoid holding the write lock unless actually necessary */
9327 if (vd
->vdev_aux
== NULL
) {
9328 vdev_state_clean(vd
);
9329 vdev_config_dirty(vd
);
9333 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
9334 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
9335 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
9336 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
9337 * into the root vdev tree.
9339 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9340 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9341 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_state_dirty_list
)) != NULL
) {
9342 vdev_state_clean(vd
);
9343 vdev_config_dirty(vd
);
9345 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9346 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9348 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9350 dsl_pool_t
*dp
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
;
9351 dmu_tx_t
*tx
= dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp
, txg
);
9353 spa
->spa_sync_starttime
= gethrtime();
9354 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9355 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= taskq_dispatch_delay(system_delay_taskq
,
9356 spa_deadman
, spa
, TQ_SLEEP
, ddi_get_lbolt() +
9357 NSEC_TO_TICK(spa
->spa_deadman_synctime
));
9360 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
9361 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
9363 if (spa
->spa_ubsync
.ub_version
< SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
&&
9364 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
>= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE
) {
9365 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9368 for (i
= 0; i
< rvd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9369 vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[i
];
9370 if (vd
->vdev_deflate_ratio
!= SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE
)
9373 if (i
== rvd
->vdev_children
) {
9374 spa
->spa_deflate
= TRUE
;
9375 VERIFY0(zap_add(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9376 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE
,
9377 sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa
->spa_deflate
, tx
));
9381 spa_sync_adjust_vdev_max_queue_depth(spa
);
9383 spa_sync_condense_indirect(spa
, tx
);
9385 spa_sync_iterate_to_convergence(spa
, tx
);
9388 if (!list_is_empty(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) {
9390 * Make sure that the number of ZAPs for all the vdevs matches
9391 * the number of ZAPs in the per-vdev ZAP list. This only gets
9392 * called if the config is dirty; otherwise there may be
9393 * outstanding AVZ operations that weren't completed in
9394 * spa_sync_config_object.
9396 uint64_t all_vdev_zap_entry_count
;
9397 ASSERT0(zap_count(spa
->spa_meta_objset
,
9398 spa
->spa_all_vdev_zaps
, &all_vdev_zap_entry_count
));
9399 ASSERT3U(vdev_count_verify_zaps(spa
->spa_root_vdev
), ==,
9400 all_vdev_zap_entry_count
);
9404 if (spa
->spa_vdev_removal
!= NULL
) {
9405 ASSERT0(spa
->spa_vdev_removal
->svr_bytes_done
[txg
& TXG_MASK
]);
9408 spa_sync_rewrite_vdev_config(spa
, tx
);
9411 taskq_cancel_id(system_delay_taskq
, spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
);
9412 spa
->spa_deadman_tqid
= 0;
9415 * Clear the dirty config list.
9417 while ((vd
= list_head(&spa
->spa_config_dirty_list
)) != NULL
)
9418 vdev_config_clean(vd
);
9421 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
9422 * let it become visible to the config cache.
9424 if (spa
->spa_config_syncing
!= NULL
) {
9425 spa_config_set(spa
, spa
->spa_config_syncing
);
9426 spa
->spa_config_txg
= txg
;
9427 spa
->spa_config_syncing
= NULL
;
9430 dsl_pool_sync_done(dp
, txg
);
9432 for (int i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_alloc_count
; i
++) {
9433 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9434 VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_tree
));
9435 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_allocs
[i
].spaa_lock
);
9439 * Update usable space statistics.
9441 while ((vd
= txg_list_remove(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, TXG_CLEAN(txg
)))
9443 vdev_sync_done(vd
, txg
);
9445 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_normal_class
, txg
);
9446 metaslab_class_evict_old(spa
->spa_log_class
, txg
);
9448 spa_sync_close_syncing_log_sm(spa
);
9450 spa_update_dspace(spa
);
9453 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
9454 * since vdev_config_sync().
9456 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_datasets
, txg
));
9457 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp
->dp_dirty_dirs
, txg
));
9458 ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa
->spa_vdev_txg_list
, txg
));
9460 while (zfs_pause_spa_sync
)
9463 spa
->spa_sync_pass
= 0;
9466 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
9467 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
9468 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
9469 * that txg has been completed.
9471 spa
->spa_ubsync
= spa
->spa_uberblock
;
9472 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
, FTAG
);
9474 spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa
);
9477 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
9479 spa_async_dispatch(spa
);
9483 * Sync all pools. We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
9484 * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
9488 spa_sync_allpools(void)
9491 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9492 while ((spa
= spa_next(spa
)) != NULL
) {
9493 if (spa_state(spa
) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE
||
9494 !spa_writeable(spa
) || spa_suspended(spa
))
9496 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9497 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9498 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9499 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9500 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9502 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9506 * ==========================================================================
9507 * Miscellaneous routines
9508 * ==========================================================================
9512 * Remove all pools in the system.
9520 * Remove all cached state. All pools should be closed now,
9521 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
9523 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9524 while ((spa
= spa_next(NULL
)) != NULL
) {
9526 * Stop async tasks. The async thread may need to detach
9527 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
9528 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
9530 spa_open_ref(spa
, FTAG
);
9531 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9532 spa_async_suspend(spa
);
9533 mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9534 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9536 if (spa
->spa_state
!= POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED
) {
9538 spa_deactivate(spa
);
9542 mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock
);
9546 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, boolean_t aux
)
9551 if ((vd
= vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa
->spa_root_vdev
, guid
)) != NULL
)
9555 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9556 vd
= spa
->spa_l2cache
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9557 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9561 for (i
= 0; i
< spa
->spa_spares
.sav_count
; i
++) {
9562 vd
= spa
->spa_spares
.sav_vdevs
[i
];
9563 if (vd
->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9572 spa_upgrade(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t version
)
9574 ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa
));
9576 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
, RW_WRITER
);
9579 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
9580 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
9583 ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
));
9584 ASSERT3U(version
, >=, spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
);
9586 spa
->spa_uberblock
.ub_version
= version
;
9587 vdev_config_dirty(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9589 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_ALL
, FTAG
);
9591 txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa
), 0);
9595 spa_has_aux_vdev(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
, spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
)
9601 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++)
9602 if (sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
== guid
)
9605 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_npending
; i
++) {
9606 if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav
->sav_pending
[i
], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID
,
9607 &vdev_guid
) == 0 && vdev_guid
== guid
)
9615 spa_has_l2cache(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
9617 return (spa_has_aux_vdev(spa
, guid
, &spa
->spa_l2cache
));
9621 spa_has_spare(spa_t
*spa
, uint64_t guid
)
9623 return (spa_has_aux_vdev(spa
, guid
, &spa
->spa_spares
));
9627 * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
9628 * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
9631 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t
*spa
)
9635 spa_aux_vdev_t
*sav
= &spa
->spa_spares
;
9637 for (i
= 0; i
< sav
->sav_count
; i
++) {
9638 if (spa_spare_exists(sav
->sav_vdevs
[i
]->vdev_guid
, &pool
,
9639 &refcnt
) && pool
!= 0ULL && pool
== spa_guid(spa
) &&
9648 spa_total_metaslabs(spa_t
*spa
)
9650 vdev_t
*rvd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9653 for (uint64_t c
= 0; c
< rvd
->vdev_children
; c
++) {
9654 vdev_t
*vd
= rvd
->vdev_child
[c
];
9655 if (!vdev_is_concrete(vd
))
9657 m
+= vd
->vdev_ms_count
;
9663 * Notify any waiting threads that some activity has switched from being in-
9664 * progress to not-in-progress so that the thread can wake up and determine
9665 * whether it is finished waiting.
9668 spa_notify_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9671 * Acquiring spa_activities_lock here prevents the cv_broadcast from
9672 * happening between the waiting thread's check and cv_wait.
9674 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9675 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9676 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9680 * Notify any waiting threads that the pool is exporting, and then block until
9681 * they are finished using the spa_t.
9684 spa_wake_waiters(spa_t
*spa
)
9686 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9687 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_TRUE
;
9688 cv_broadcast(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
);
9689 while (spa
->spa_waiters
!= 0)
9690 cv_wait(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
, &spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9691 spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
= B_FALSE
;
9692 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9695 /* Whether the vdev or any of its descendants are being initialized/trimmed. */
9697 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vdev_t
*vd
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
)
9699 spa_t
*spa
= vd
->vdev_spa
;
9701 ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, RW_READER
));
9702 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9703 ASSERT(activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
||
9704 activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
);
9706 kmutex_t
*lock
= activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
?
9707 &vd
->vdev_initialize_lock
: &vd
->vdev_trim_lock
;
9709 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9711 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9713 boolean_t in_progress
= (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
) ?
9714 (vd
->vdev_initialize_state
== VDEV_INITIALIZE_ACTIVE
) :
9715 (vd
->vdev_trim_state
== VDEV_TRIM_ACTIVE
);
9721 for (int i
= 0; i
< vd
->vdev_children
; i
++) {
9722 if (spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
->vdev_child
[i
],
9731 * If use_guid is true, this checks whether the vdev specified by guid is
9732 * being initialized/trimmed. Otherwise, it checks whether any vdev in the pool
9733 * is being initialized/trimmed. The caller must hold the config lock and
9734 * spa_activities_lock.
9737 spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, boolean_t use_guid
, uint64_t guid
,
9738 zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9740 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9741 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9742 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9746 vd
= spa_lookup_by_guid(spa
, guid
, B_FALSE
);
9747 if (vd
== NULL
|| !vd
->vdev_ops
->vdev_op_leaf
) {
9748 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9752 vd
= spa
->spa_root_vdev
;
9755 *in_progress
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress_impl(vd
, activity
);
9757 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9762 * Locking for waiting threads
9763 * ---------------------------
9765 * Waiting threads need a way to check whether a given activity is in progress,
9766 * and then, if it is, wait for it to complete. Each activity will have some
9767 * in-memory representation of the relevant on-disk state which can be used to
9768 * determine whether or not the activity is in progress. The in-memory state and
9769 * the locking used to protect it will be different for each activity, and may
9770 * not be suitable for use with a cvar (e.g., some state is protected by the
9771 * config lock). To allow waiting threads to wait without any races, another
9772 * lock, spa_activities_lock, is used.
9774 * When the state is checked, both the activity-specific lock (if there is one)
9775 * and spa_activities_lock are held. In some cases, the activity-specific lock
9776 * is acquired explicitly (e.g. the config lock). In others, the locking is
9777 * internal to some check (e.g. bpobj_is_empty). After checking, the waiting
9778 * thread releases the activity-specific lock and, if the activity is in
9779 * progress, then cv_waits using spa_activities_lock.
9781 * The waiting thread is woken when another thread, one completing some
9782 * activity, updates the state of the activity and then calls
9783 * spa_notify_waiters, which will cv_broadcast. This 'completing' thread only
9784 * needs to hold its activity-specific lock when updating the state, and this
9785 * lock can (but doesn't have to) be dropped before calling spa_notify_waiters.
9787 * Because spa_notify_waiters acquires spa_activities_lock before broadcasting,
9788 * and because it is held when the waiting thread checks the state of the
9789 * activity, it can never be the case that the completing thread both updates
9790 * the activity state and cv_broadcasts in between the waiting thread's check
9791 * and cv_wait. Thus, a waiting thread can never miss a wakeup.
9793 * In order to prevent deadlock, when the waiting thread does its check, in some
9794 * cases it will temporarily drop spa_activities_lock in order to acquire the
9795 * activity-specific lock. The order in which spa_activities_lock and the
9796 * activity specific lock are acquired in the waiting thread is determined by
9797 * the order in which they are acquired in the completing thread; if the
9798 * completing thread calls spa_notify_waiters with the activity-specific lock
9799 * held, then the waiting thread must also acquire the activity-specific lock
9804 spa_activity_in_progress(spa_t
*spa
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9805 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*in_progress
)
9809 ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
));
9812 case ZPOOL_WAIT_CKPT_DISCARD
:
9814 (spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_POOL_CHECKPOINT
) &&
9815 zap_contains(spa_meta_objset(spa
),
9816 DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT
, DMU_POOL_ZPOOL_CHECKPOINT
) ==
9819 case ZPOOL_WAIT_FREE
:
9820 *in_progress
= ((spa_version(spa
) >= SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS
&&
9821 !bpobj_is_empty(&spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_free_bpobj
)) ||
9822 spa_feature_is_active(spa
, SPA_FEATURE_ASYNC_DESTROY
) ||
9823 spa_livelist_delete_check(spa
));
9825 case ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
:
9826 case ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
:
9827 error
= spa_vdev_activity_in_progress(spa
, use_tag
, tag
,
9828 activity
, in_progress
);
9830 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REPLACE
:
9831 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9832 spa_config_enter(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
, RW_READER
);
9833 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9835 *in_progress
= vdev_replace_in_progress(spa
->spa_root_vdev
);
9836 spa_config_exit(spa
, SCL_CONFIG
| SCL_STATE
, FTAG
);
9838 case ZPOOL_WAIT_REMOVE
:
9839 *in_progress
= (spa
->spa_removing_phys
.sr_state
==
9842 case ZPOOL_WAIT_RESILVER
:
9843 if ((*in_progress
= vdev_rebuild_active(spa
->spa_root_vdev
)))
9846 case ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
:
9848 boolean_t scanning
, paused
, is_scrub
;
9849 dsl_scan_t
*scn
= spa
->spa_dsl_pool
->dp_scan
;
9851 is_scrub
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_func
== POOL_SCAN_SCRUB
);
9852 scanning
= (scn
->scn_phys
.scn_state
== DSS_SCANNING
);
9853 paused
= dsl_scan_is_paused_scrub(scn
);
9854 *in_progress
= (scanning
&& !paused
&&
9855 is_scrub
== (activity
== ZPOOL_WAIT_SCRUB
));
9859 panic("unrecognized value for activity %d", activity
);
9866 spa_wait_common(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
,
9867 boolean_t use_tag
, uint64_t tag
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9870 * The tag is used to distinguish between instances of an activity.
9871 * 'initialize' and 'trim' are the only activities that we use this for.
9872 * The other activities can only have a single instance in progress in a
9873 * pool at one time, making the tag unnecessary.
9875 * There can be multiple devices being replaced at once, but since they
9876 * all finish once resilvering finishes, we don't bother keeping track
9877 * of them individually, we just wait for them all to finish.
9879 if (use_tag
&& activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_INITIALIZE
&&
9880 activity
!= ZPOOL_WAIT_TRIM
)
9883 if (activity
< 0 || activity
>= ZPOOL_WAIT_NUM_ACTIVITIES
)
9887 int error
= spa_open(pool
, &spa
, FTAG
);
9892 * Increment the spa's waiter count so that we can call spa_close and
9893 * still ensure that the spa_t doesn't get freed before this thread is
9894 * finished with it when the pool is exported. We want to call spa_close
9895 * before we start waiting because otherwise the additional ref would
9896 * prevent the pool from being exported or destroyed throughout the
9897 * potentially long wait.
9899 mutex_enter(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9901 spa_close(spa
, FTAG
);
9905 boolean_t in_progress
;
9906 error
= spa_activity_in_progress(spa
, activity
, use_tag
, tag
,
9909 if (error
|| !in_progress
|| spa
->spa_waiters_cancel
)
9914 if (cv_wait_sig(&spa
->spa_activities_cv
,
9915 &spa
->spa_activities_lock
) == 0) {
9922 cv_signal(&spa
->spa_waiters_cv
);
9923 mutex_exit(&spa
->spa_activities_lock
);
9929 * Wait for a particular instance of the specified activity to complete, where
9930 * the instance is identified by 'tag'
9933 spa_wait_tag(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, uint64_t tag
,
9936 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_TRUE
, tag
, waited
));
9940 * Wait for all instances of the specified activity complete
9943 spa_wait(const char *pool
, zpool_wait_activity_t activity
, boolean_t
*waited
)
9946 return (spa_wait_common(pool
, activity
, B_FALSE
, 0, waited
));
9950 spa_event_create(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9952 sysevent_t
*ev
= NULL
;
9956 resource
= zfs_event_create(spa
, vd
, FM_SYSEVENT_CLASS
, name
, hist_nvl
);
9958 ev
= kmem_alloc(sizeof (sysevent_t
), KM_SLEEP
);
9959 ev
->resource
= resource
;
9962 (void) spa
, (void) vd
, (void) hist_nvl
, (void) name
;
9968 spa_event_post(sysevent_t
*ev
)
9972 zfs_zevent_post(ev
->resource
, NULL
, zfs_zevent_post_cb
);
9973 kmem_free(ev
, sizeof (*ev
));
9981 * Post a zevent corresponding to the given sysevent. The 'name' must be one
9982 * of the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h. The payload will be
9983 * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev. This doesn't do anything
9984 * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
9985 * or zdb as real changes.
9988 spa_event_notify(spa_t
*spa
, vdev_t
*vd
, nvlist_t
*hist_nvl
, const char *name
)
9990 spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa
, vd
, hist_nvl
, name
));
9993 /* state manipulation functions */
9994 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open
);
9995 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_open_rewind
);
9996 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_get_stats
);
9997 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_create
);
9998 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_import
);
9999 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_tryimport
);
10000 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_destroy
);
10001 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_export
);
10002 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_reset
);
10003 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_request
);
10004 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_suspend
);
10005 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_async_resume
);
10006 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_addref
);
10007 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_inject_delref
);
10008 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stat_init
);
10009 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_get_stats
);
10011 /* device manipulation */
10012 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_add
);
10013 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_attach
);
10014 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_detach
);
10015 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setpath
);
10016 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_setfru
);
10017 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_vdev_split_mirror
);
10019 /* spare statech is global across all pools) */
10020 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_add
);
10021 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_remove
);
10022 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_exists
);
10023 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_spare_activate
);
10025 /* L2ARC statech is global across all pools) */
10026 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_add
);
10027 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_remove
);
10028 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_exists
);
10029 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_activate
);
10030 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_l2cache_drop
);
10033 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan
);
10034 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_scan_stop
);
10037 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync
); /* only for DMU use */
10038 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_sync_allpools
);
10041 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_set
);
10042 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_get
);
10043 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_prop_clear_bootfs
);
10045 /* asynchronous event notification */
10046 EXPORT_SYMBOL(spa_event_notify
);
10048 /* BEGIN CSTYLED */
10049 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_shift
, UINT
, ZMOD_RW
,
10050 "log2 fraction of arc that can be used by inflight I/Os when "
10051 "verifying pool during import");
10054 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_metadata
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
10055 "Set to traverse metadata on pool import");
10057 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_verify_data
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
10058 "Set to traverse data on pool import");
10060 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_spa
, spa_
, load_print_vdev_tree
, INT
, ZMOD_RW
,
10061 "Print vdev tree to zfs_dbgmsg during pool import");
10063 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_pct
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
10064 "Percentage of CPUs to run an IO worker thread");
10066 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_zio
, zio_
, taskq_batch_tpq
, UINT
, ZMOD_RD
,
10067 "Number of threads per IO worker taskqueue");
10069 /* BEGIN CSTYLED */
10070 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs
, zfs_
, max_missing_tvds
, U64
, ZMOD_RW
,
10071 "Allow importing pool with up to this number of missing top-level "
10072 "vdevs (in read-only mode)");
10075 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_pause
, INT
,
10076 ZMOD_RW
, "Set the livelist condense zthr to pause");
10078 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_pause
, INT
,
10079 ZMOD_RW
, "Set the livelist condense synctask to pause");
10081 /* BEGIN CSTYLED */
10082 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, sync_cancel
,
10084 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the synctask");
10086 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, zthr_cancel
,
10088 "Whether livelist condensing was canceled in the zthr function");
10090 ZFS_MODULE_PARAM(zfs_livelist_condense
, zfs_livelist_condense_
, new_alloc
, INT
,
10092 "Whether extra ALLOC blkptrs were added to a livelist entry while it "
10093 "was being condensed");